├── CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md
├── LICENSE
├── README.md
└── locales
├── ace
└── messages.properties
├── ach
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── af
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ak
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── am
└── messages.properties
├── an
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── anp
└── messages.properties
├── ar
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── as
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ast
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── az
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── be
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── bg
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── bm
└── .keep
├── bn-BD
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── bn-IN
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── bn
└── messages.properties
├── br
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── bs
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ca
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── cak
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ckb
└── messages.properties
├── cs
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── csb
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── cy
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── da
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── de
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── dsb
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ee
└── .keep
├── el
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── en-GB
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── en-US
└── messages.properties
├── en-ZA
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── eo
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── es-AR
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── es-CL
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── es-ES
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── es-MX
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── es
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── et
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── eu
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── fa
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ff
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── fi
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── fr
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── frp
└── messages.properties
├── fur
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── fy-NL
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── fy
└── .keep
├── ga-IE
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ga
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── gd
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── gl
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── gn
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── gu-IN
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ha
└── .keep
├── he
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── hi-IN
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── hr
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── hsb
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ht
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── hu
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── hus
└── messages.properties
├── hy-AM
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ia
└── messages.properties
├── id
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ig
└── .keep
├── ilo
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── is
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── it
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ja
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── jv
└── messages.properties
├── ka
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── kab
└── messages.properties
├── kk
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── km
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── kn
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ko
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── kpv
└── messages.properties
├── ku
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── kw
└── messages.properties
├── lb
└── messages.properties
├── lg
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── lij
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ln
└── .keep
├── lo
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── lt
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ltg
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── lv
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── mai
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── mg
└── .keep
├── mix
└── messages.properties
├── mk
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ml
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── mn
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── mr
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ms
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── my
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── nb-NO
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ne-NP
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── nl
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── nn-NO
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── nso
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── oc
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── or
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── pa-IN
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── pa
└── .keep
├── pai
└── messages.properties
├── pl
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ppl
└── messages.properties
├── pt-BR
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── pt-PT
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── pt
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── rm
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ro
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ru
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── scn
└── messages.properties
├── si
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── sk
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── sl
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── son
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── sq
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── sr
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── su
└── messages.properties
├── sv-SE
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── sw
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ta-LK
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ta
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── te
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── tg
└── messages.properties
├── th
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── tl
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── tr
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── trs
└── messages.properties
├── tsz
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── uk
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── ur
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── uz
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── vec
└── messages.properties
├── vi
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── wo
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── xh
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── yo
└── .keep
├── zgh
└── messages.properties
├── zh-CN
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
├── zh-HK
└── messages.properties
├── zh-TW
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
└── zu
├── .keep
└── messages.properties
/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Community Participation Guidelines
2 |
3 | This repository is governed by Mozilla's code of conduct and etiquette guidelines.
4 | For more details, please read the
5 | [Mozilla Community Participation Guidelines](https://www.mozilla.org/about/governance/policies/participation/).
6 |
7 | ## How to Report
8 | For more information on how to report violations of the Community Participation Guidelines, please read our '[How to Report](https://www.mozilla.org/about/governance/policies/participation/reporting/)' page.
9 |
10 |
16 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/LICENSE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | Copyright (c) 2010 - 2013, Mozilla Corporation
2 | All rights reserved.
3 |
4 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
5 | modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
6 |
7 | * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
8 | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
9 |
10 | * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 | and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |
14 | * Neither the name of the Mozilla Corporation nor the names of its contributors
15 | may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without
16 | specific prior written permission.
17 |
18 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
19 | ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
20 | WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
21 | DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
22 | FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
23 | DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
24 | SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
25 | CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
26 | OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
27 | OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
28 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/README.md:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | Pontoon Intro
2 | =============
3 |
4 | These are the strings for the in-context localization demo page of [Pontoon](https://github.com/mozilla/pontoon).
5 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ace/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Lokalisasi meunurôt kontèks lam Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon lé Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Lokalisasi meunurôt kontèks
7 |
8 | # What
9 |
10 | # How
11 | select=Piléh
12 | translate=Teujeumah
13 | translate-sub=tèks nyang geupiléh
14 | save=Keubah
15 |
16 | # Footer
17 |
18 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ach/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ach/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ach/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Acaki me Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Acaki me Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Ngo
7 | navigation-how=Nining
8 | navigation-more=Mukene
9 | navigation-developers=Ludiro
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon kede Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Lok kakube.
14 | headline-2=Ma tye ni.
15 | call-to-action=Waca mapol
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon obedo ngo?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon weko i loko jami me kakube matye ni, kit ma tye kwede ki lageng me kabedo i wangi kikome.
20 | context=Niang kit ma tye kwede
21 | context-desc=Loko potbuk me kakube i kakube ne kikome, weko pe dong mite ni ipar kacce lok ma itye ka loko ni obedo gin matime onyo nying jami.
22 | space=Nen lageng me kabedo
23 | space-desc=Gwokke ki i balo kanyuto jami kun i neno kabedo ma rom mene ma tye pi lok mamegi, ma tiyo makato ki purugram.
24 | preview=Nen kit ma obinen kwede cut
25 | preview-desc=Cut teke i cwalo lok mamegi, loko coc ma nongo tye con i potbuk me kakube, weko i bedo ngat makwongo kwano ki temo.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Tiyo nining?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon obedo gitic ma yot ki niange yot ma mito mere diro ma nok onyo kadi pe tye pi lulok coc me tic kwede.
30 | hover=Wot
31 | hover-sub=iwi jami me kakube
32 | hover-desc=Dir lacim mamegi iwi coc madongo, kakube, dul coc onyo bulok me coc mukene ma i potbuk man. Gul angwen ma ogwere bi nen ma nongo orumo bulok kun cimo coc ma tye me aloka i potbuk ne kikome.
33 | select=Yer
34 | select-sub=bulok me coc
35 | select-desc=Gitic nen iwi gul angwen ma ogwere ni, weko i yero bulok me coc marwate me ayuba. Me timo meno, dii mapeca me Yubi i gitic, onyo dii tyen ariyo ka mo keken i yie wange ma ogwere ni.
36 | translate=Lok
37 | translate-sub=coc ma kiyero
38 | translate-desc=Ka i donyo i kit me yubo, ki biyero bulok me coc weng. Itwero cako coyo lok mamegi cut ma nongo ineno lok ma itye ka loko ni ki kabedo ma rom mene ma odong pi lok mamegi.
39 | save=Gwok
40 | save-sub=lok mamegi
41 | save-desc=Cut ka ii yom ki lok mamegi, itwero gwoko ne ki diyo Enter onyo diyo cal me gwoki i gitic. Me kato woko ki kit me lok labongo gwoko alokaloka, dii Esc onyo dii cal me juki i gitic.
42 | profit=Nong ngec mapol
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Ngo mukene ma twero timo ne?
46 | more-desc=Kit me lok ma tye pa Pontoon ni aye gin ma keto en iwi jo mukene ni, ento bene tye ki ber ne mapol mukene.
47 | qa=Gwoko rwom maber
48 | qa-desc=Ki ngiyo lok pire kene pi ber ne ma pud pe ki gwoko
49 | helpers=Lukony me lok
50 | helpers-desc=Nong kony ki i lok me poyo wic, lok me nyonyo ki macal kwedgi
51 | plurals=Cwak me jami mapol
52 | plurals-desc=Coc matye ki jami mapol ki twero loko i kit me jami mapol weng ma tye i leb mamegi
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Dony iyie
56 | developers-desc=Itye ladiro, ki miti i Pontoon? Tye yoo mapol ata ma i twero cido ki cingi.
57 | implement=Caki i kakube mamegi
58 | implement-desc=Med nyig coc ci nongo dong itye i nucu ne
59 | github=Yubi i GitHub
60 | github-desc=Tye ayaba dok me nono
61 | by-mozilla=Ki ngat ma i geno
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Jo ma pe me nongo magoba ma cung inge Firefox aye gi oyubo
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla aye oyubo ki diro
66 | join-us=Ribbe kwedwa
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/af/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/af/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/af/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ak/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ak/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ak/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/am/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=ፖንቱን ከሞዚላ
3 |
4 | # Header
5 |
6 | # What
7 |
8 | # How
9 |
10 | # Footer
11 |
12 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/an/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/an/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/an/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/anp/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Mozilla के द्वारा Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-1=वेब स्थानीय बनैइयै
6 | headline-2=वेब पर ही.
7 | call-to-action=बेसी जानियै
8 |
9 | # What
10 | context=सन्दर्भ समझियै
11 | context-desc=वेब पेज के पेज में ही अनुवाद करै सँ अपने के अनुवादित शब्द के क्रिया या संज्ञा हुए के बारे चिंतित हुए केरो आवश्यकता नय छै.
12 | space=स्थान संबंधी सीमा देखियै
13 | space-desc=अपने के अनुवाद लेली कतेक जगह उपलब्ध छै एकर अंदाजा लगाए के अपने यूजर इंटरफ़ेस ख़राब करै सँ बचि सकै छी, जे खास तौर सँ एप लेली उपयोगी छै.
14 | preview=तुरंत प्रीव्यू पाबू
15 | preview-desc=अनुवाद भेला के बाद अनुवादित पाठ मूल पाठ केरो स्थान ल्या लै छै जकरा सँ अपने के अपन अनुवाद सही करै आरू जांचै में आसानी भ्या जाए छै.
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=ई केना काम करै छै?
19 | hover=आस-पास फिरियै
20 | hover-sub=वेब सामग्री पर
21 | hover-desc=ई पृष्ठ पर अपन माउस के हेडलाइन, लिंक्स, पैराग्राफ अथवा दोसर टेक्स्ट ब्लॉक पर घुमाबू. एकटा डैश्ड आयत प्रत्येक ब्लॉक केरो चारो कात देखाय पड़त, मार्किंग स्ट्रिंग्स जे स्थानीयकरण लेली पृष्ठ पर उपलब्ध छै.
22 | select=चुनियै
23 | select-sub=एकटा टेक्स्ट ब्लॉक
24 | select-desc=एकटा टूलबार डैश्ड आयत केरो उप्पर देखाय दै छै, जे अपने के एहि पाठ ब्लॉक केरो संपादन लेली चुनए केरो अनुमति दै छै. एहनो करै खातिर, या तँ टूलबार केरो संपादन बटन पर क्लिक करू, अथवा डैशबोर्ड केरो भीतर कोनो ठाम पर डबल क्लिक करू.
25 | translate=अनुवाद करियै
26 | translate-sub=चुनल टेक्स्ट
27 | translate-desc=जँ अपने संपादन मोड में जाए छियै, तँ समस्त टेक्स्ट ब्लॉक चुनाए जाएत. अपने अनुवाद लेली स्थान केरो अंदाज करि कए सोर्स स्ट्रिंग के सटीक अनुवाद शामिल करै खातिर तुरंत टाइपिंग शुरू करि सकै छिए.
28 | save=सेव करियै
29 | save-sub=अपने के अनुवाद
30 | save-desc=जँ अपने अपन अनुवाद सँ संतुष्ट छियै, अपने अपन अनुवाद टूलबार में मौजूद चिह्न Enter दबाए कै अथवा SAVE चिह्न पर क्लिक करि कै सुरक्षित करि सकै छिए. बिना बदलाव सहेजने अनुवाद मोड सँ बाहर आबै खातिर टूलबार में मौजूद चिह्न Esc अथवा Cancle के क्लिक करू.
31 | that-is-it=बस!
32 |
33 | # Footer
34 | author=Mozilla द्वारा तैयार करलो गेल
35 | join-us=हमरा सँ जुड़ियै
36 |
37 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ar/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ar/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ar/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=مقدمة لبونتون
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=مقدمة لبونتون
6 | navigation-what=ماذا؟
7 | navigation-how=كيف؟
8 | navigation-more=المزيد
9 | navigation-developers=المطورين
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=بونتون من موزيلا
13 | headline-1=ترجم الوب.
14 | headline-2=في مكانها.
15 | call-to-action=أخبرني أكثر
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=ما هو بونتون؟
19 | what-desc=بونتون يسمح لك بتعرِيب المُحتوى على الويب في مكانه، حيث تعرِّب الويب في سياق الكلام و دون القيود المكانية لأنها تكون أمامك.
20 | context=فهم المحتوى
21 | context-desc=من خلال إضفاء الطابع المحلي على صفحة ويب على الصفحة نفسها، لن تعود بحاجة للقلق إذا كانت الكلمة المراد ترجمتها هي الفعل أو الاسم.
22 | space=رُؤية حيز المكان
23 | space-desc=تجنب كسر واجهة المستخدم من خلال رؤية مدى المساحة الكبيرة المتاحة لترجماتك، وهو أمر مفيد خاصة مع التطبيقات.
24 | preview=الحصول على المعاينة الفورية
25 | preview-desc=في اللحظة التي تقدم ترجمة، فإنه يستبدل النص الأصلي في صفحة الويب، مما يجعللك أول مدقق لغوي و مختبِر.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=كيف يعمل؟
29 | how-desc=بونتون هو أداة بسيطة جدا و بديهية لا تتطلب الكثير من المهارة التقنية من مستخدميها.
30 | hover=حرك مؤشر الفأرة عليها
31 | hover-sub=على محتويات الويب
32 | hover-desc=حريك الفأرة فوق العناوين و الروابط و الفقرات أو مربعات النصوص الأخرى على هذه الصفحة. سيظهر مستطيل متقطع حول كل من هذه المربعات، لإظهار النصوص التي يتم تعريبها على الصفحة نفسها.
33 | select=اختر
34 | select-sub=قطعة نصية
35 | select-desc=يظهر شريط الأدوات فوق المستطيل المتقطع، مما يسمح لك بتحديد كتلة النص المطابق للتحرير. للقيام بذلك، إما بالنقر على زر تحرير في شريط الأدوات، أو انقر نقراً مزدوجاً فوق أي مكان داخل الحدود المتقطعة.
36 | translate=ترجم
37 | translate-sub=النص المحدد
38 | translate-desc=عند الدخول إلى وضع التحرير، سيتم اختيار كتلة النص كاملة . يمكنك البدء في كتابة الترجمة على الفور أثناء رؤية السياق الدقيق لسلسلة المصدر الخاصة بك، ورؤية المساحة المتاحة لترجمتك.
39 | save=احفظ
40 | save-sub=ترجمتك
41 | save-desc=عندكت تكون سعيدا مع الترجمة الخاصة بك، يمكنك حفظها عن طريق الضغط على Enter أو النقر على أيقونة حفظ في شريط الأدوات. لإنهاء وضع الترجمة دون حفظ التغييرات، اضغط مفتاح Esc أو انقر فوق رمز إلغاء في شريط الأدوات.
42 | profit=اعرف المزيد
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=ماذا يمكنها أن تفعل غير ذلك؟
46 | more-desc=بونتون هو مكان لوضعية الترجمة (وهو ما يضعه فوق الآخرين) ولكن كما أن لديها العديد من المزايا الأخرى.
47 | qa=اختبارات الجودة
48 | qa-desc=تتم مراجعة الترجمة تلقائياً للحصول على الجودة قبل الحفظ
49 | helpers=مساعدو الترجمة
50 | helpers-desc=الحصول على مساعدة من ذاكرة الترجمة، والترجمة الآلية و الإعجابات
51 | plurals=دعم صيغ الجمع
52 | plurals-desc=الجمل مع الجموع يمكن ترجمتها إلى جميع صيغ الجمع المتاحة في لغتك
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=اشترك
56 | developers-desc=هل أنت مطور، مهتم ببونتون؟ هناك الكثير من الطرق للحصول على العمل.
57 | implement=تمكينه على موقع الويب الخاص بك
58 | implement-desc=إضافة برنامج نصي وأنت في منتصف الطريق من خلال
59 | github=عدّل عليها في غِتهَب
60 | github-desc=أنه مجاني بالكامل و مفتوح المصدر
61 | by-mozilla=من قبل شخص تثق به
62 | by-mozilla-desc=تم تطويره من قبل المنظمة غير الربحية وراء فيرفكس
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=وضعت من قبل موزيلا
66 | join-us=انضم معنا
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/as/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/as/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/as/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Pontoon-ত ইন-কণ্টেক্স্ট স্থনীয়কৰণ
3 | main-title=Mozilla-ৰ তৰফৰ পৰা Pontoon
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=ইন-ক'ন্টেক্স স্থনীয়কৰণ
7 | headline-1=ৱেব স্থানীয়কৰণ কৰক।
8 | headline-2=জেগাতে।
9 | call-to-action=মোক আৰু কওঁক
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=ইন-ক'ন্টেক্স স্থনীয়কৰণ কি?
13 | what-desc-in-context=ই সন্দৰ্ভ আৰু স্থানিক সীমাবদ্ধতা আপোনাৰ সন্মুখত ৰাখি, আপোনাক জেগাতে ৱেব সমল স্থানীয়কৰণ কৰিবলৈ দিয়ে।
14 | context=সন্দৰ্ভ বুজক
15 | context-desc=পৃষ্ঠাখনতে ৱেব পৃষ্ঠা স্থানীয়কৰণ কৰি, আপুনি এতিয়া আৰু এয়া চিন্তা কৰাৰ প্ৰয়োজন নাই যে আপুনি অনুবাদ কৰি থকা শব্দটো কোনো ক্ৰিয়া-পদ নে বিশেষ্য।
16 | space=স্থানিক সীমাবদ্ধতা চাওক
17 | space-desc=আপোনাৰ অনুবাদৰ বাবে কিমান ঠাই আছে সেয়া চাই ইউজাৰ ইণ্টাৰফেচ বেয়া কৰাৰ পৰা হাত সাৰক, যি বিশেষকৈ এপৰ ক্ষেত্ৰত উপযোগী।
18 | preview=তাৎক্ষণিক পূৰ্বদৰ্শন লাভ কৰক
19 | preview-desc=আপুনি অনুবাদ জমা দিয়াৰ লগে লগে, ই ৱেব পৃষ্ঠাখনত থকা মূল পাঠ সলনি কৰি দিয়ে, যিয়ে আপোনাক প্ৰথম গৰাকী প্ৰুফৰিডাৰ আৰু পৰীক্ষক কৰি তোলে।
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=ই কেনেকৈ কাম কৰে?
23 | how-desc-in-context=ইন-ক'ন্টেক্স স্থনীয়কৰণ এটা খুব সৰল আৰু অন্তৰ্দৃষ্টিক সঁজুলি যিটো ব্যৱহাৰ কৰিবলৈ কাৰিকৰী দক্ষতা খুব কম লাগে বা একেবাৰে নালাগে।
24 | hover=হভাৰ কৰক
25 | hover-sub=ৱেব সমলৰ ওপৰত
26 | hover-desc=এই পৃষ্ঠাখনত থকা শীৰ্ষক, লিংক, দফা বা অন্য পাঠৰ ব্ল'কবোৰৰ ওপৰলৈ আপোনাৰ মাউছটো লৈ যাওক। এটা ডেশ্ড আয়ত ইয়াৰে প্ৰতিটো ব্ল'কৰ চৌপাশে দেখা যাব, যিয়ে পৃষ্ঠাখনতে স্থানীয়কাৰণৰ বাবে উপলব্ধ ষ্ট্ৰিংবোৰ চিহ্নিত কৰি দিব।
27 | select=চয়ন কৰক
28 | select-sub=পাঠৰ এটা ব্ল'ক
29 | select-desc=ডেশ্ড আয়তৰ ওপৰত এটা সঁজুলিদণ্ডিকা দেখা যাব, যিয়ে আপোনাক সম্পাদনাৰ বাবে আনুষংগিক পাঠৰ ব্ল'ক চয়ন কৰিবলৈ দিব। এয়া কৰিবলৈ, সঁজুলিদণ্ডিকাত থকা সম্পাদনা বুটামত ক্লিক কৰক বা ডেশ্ড সীমান্তৰ ভিতৰত যিকোনো ঠাইত দুবাৰ-ক্লিক কৰক।
30 | translate=অনুবাদ কৰক
31 | translate-sub=চয়নিত পাঠ
32 | translate-desc=যেতিয়া আপুনি সম্পাদনা ম'ডত প্ৰৱেশ কৰিব, পাঠৰ সমগ্ৰ ব্ল'ক চয়ন কৰা হ'ব। আপোনাৰ মূল ষ্ট্ৰিঙৰ সঠিক সন্দৰ্ভ আৰু আপোনাৰ অনুবাদৰ বাবে কিমান ঠাই উপলব্ধ সেয়া চাই আপুনি আপোনাৰ অনুবাদ লগে লগে টাইপ কৰা আৰম্ভ কৰিব পাৰে।
33 | save=সঞ্চয় কৰক
34 | save-sub=আপোনাৰ অনুবাদ
35 | save-desc=আপুনি আপোনাৰ অনুবাদেৰে সন্তুষ্ট হোৱাৰ লগে লগে, Enter হেঁচি বা সঁজুলিদণ্ডিকাত থকা সঞ্চয় আইকনটোত ক্লিক কৰি সেয়া সঞ্চিত কৰিব পাৰে। সালসলনি সঞ্চিত নকৰাকৈ অনুবাদ ম'ড এৰিবলৈ, Esc হেঁচক বা সঁজুলিদণ্ডিকাত থকা বাতিল বুটামটোত ক্লিক কৰক।
36 | that-is-it=ইমানেই!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Mozilla-য়ে তৈয়াৰ কৰিছে
40 | join-us=আমাক যোগদান কৰক
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ast/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ast/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/az/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/az/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/az/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Haqqında
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon Haqqında
6 | navigation-what=Nədir
7 | navigation-how=Necə
8 | navigation-more=Ətraflı
9 | navigation-developers=Tərtibatçılar
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla tərəfindən Pontoon
13 | headline-1=web-İ Lokallaşdır.
14 | headline-2=Yerİndəcə
15 | call-to-action=Ətraflı Məlumat
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon Nədir?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon internet məzmunu birbaşa qabağınızda xüsusi limitləşdirmələrlə lokallaşdırma imkanı verir
20 | context=Məzmunu başa düş
21 | context-desc=Səhifəni səhifənin özündə lokallaşdırmaqla, tərcümə etdiyiniz sözün fel və ya isim olmasını düşünmədən rahat işləyə bilərsiz.
22 | space=Boş yer limitini gör
23 | space-desc=Tərcümə zamanı mümkün olan boş yeri görərək saytın görünüşünü pozmaq təhlükəsindən qorxmadan işləyin.
24 | preview=Yerindəcə bax
25 | preview-desc=Tərcüməni göndərən kimi saytda olan mətni yenisinə dəyişir və siz bununla eyni anda həmçinin tərcümələri test etmiş olursuz.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Bu necə işləyir
29 | how-desc=Pontoon lokallaşdırıcıların çox texniki biliyi olmadan işləyə biləcəyi sadə alətdir.
30 | hover=Süz
31 | hover-sub=web məzmunun üzərindən
32 | hover-desc=Siçanınızı bu səhifədə olan başlıq, keçid, paraqraf və ya hər hansı bir yazı bölməsində gəzdirin. Bu bölmələrin ətrafında mətnin səhifədə tərcümə edilməsinin mümkün olduğunu göstərən nöqtəli düzbucaqlar görünəcək.
33 | select=Seç
34 | select-sub=yazı bölməsini
35 | select-desc=Həmin nöqtəli düzbucağın üzərində seçmənizə və dəyişdirmənizə kömək edəcək alət qutusu gələcək. Dəyişdirmək üçün Dəyişdirmə düyməsinə və ya bölmənin içindəki yazının üzərinə iki dəfə klikləyin.
36 | translate=Tərcümə et
37 | translate-sub=seçilmiş mətnləri
38 | translate-desc=Düzəltmə rejiminə daxil olduğunuzda bütün mətn seçilmiş olacaq. Dərhal mənbə mətninizi və tərcüməniz üçün nə qədər boş yer qaldığını görərək yazmağa başlaya bilərsiniz.
39 | save=Yadda Saxla
40 | save-sub=tərcümələri
41 | save-desc=Tərcüməniz hazır olduqda Enter-ə və ya alət sətrində yadda saxlama ikonuna basaraq yadda saxlaya bilərsiniz. Yadda saxlamadan tərcüməni ləğv etmək üçün Esc-ə və ya alət sətrində ləğv et düyməsinə basaraq çıxa bilərsiz.
42 | profit=Ətraflı Öyrən
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Bu başqa Nə Edə Bilər
46 | more-desc=Pontoon-un yerində cə tərcümə onu digərlərindən üstün edən cəhətdir, amma bunun daha bir çox gözəl tərəfləri var.
47 | qa=Keyfiyyət Yoxlamaları
48 | qa-desc=Tərcümələr saxlanmazdan əvvəl avtomatik olaraq keyfiyyət üçün test edilirlər
49 | helpers=Tərcümə Köməkçiləri
50 | helpers-desc=Mövcud tərcümə yaddaşından, maşın tərcüməsindən və bənzəri qaynaqlardan kömək alın
51 | plurals=Cəm Dəstəyi
52 | plurals-desc=Cəm formalı tərcümələr dilinizə tam uyğun şəklə tərcümə edilə bilərlər
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Qoşul
56 | developers-desc=Tərtibatçısınız və Pontoon ilə maraqlanırsınız? Bizə qoşulmağın çox yolu var.
57 | implement=Saytınızda aktivləşdirin
58 | implement-desc=Skript əlavə edin və işin yarısı hazırdır
59 | github=Githubda qırın
60 | github-desc=Bu tamamilə pulsuz və açıq qaynaqdır
61 | by-mozilla=Güvəndiyiniz mənbədən
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Firefoxu hazırlayanlar tərəfindən
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla Tərəfindən
66 | join-us=Bizə qoşulun
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/be/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/be/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bg/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/bg/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bg/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Увод в Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Увод в Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Какво
7 | navigation-how=Как
8 | navigation-more=Още
9 | navigation-developers=Разработчици
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon от Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Преведете мрежата.
14 | headline-2=На място.
15 | call-to-action=Повече
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=какво е Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon ви помага да превеждате съдържанието на уеб страницата на място заедно с контекста и ограниченията в свободното място.
20 | context=Вникнете в контекста
21 | context-desc=Превеждайки страницата докато сте на нея не се налага да се чудите дали сте избрали най-подходящите думи.
22 | space=Вижте свободното място
23 | space-desc=Виждайки колко място остава за вашия превод няма да повреждате потребителския интерфейс, което е много важно, особено за приложения.
24 | preview=Направете незабавен преглед
25 | preview-desc=В момента, в който изпратите превода той замества първоначалния текст на страницата, а така вие ставате първият коректор и изпитател.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=как работи?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon е лесен и интуитивен инструмент, който не изисква технически познания у преводачите.
30 | hover=Посочете
31 | hover-sub=съдържанието
32 | hover-desc=Посочете с мишката заглавия, връзки, параграфи или други блокове текст на страницата. Ще се появи пунктирана линия около текста, която показва, че текстът може да бъде преведен.
33 | select=Изберете
34 | select-sub=секция
35 | select-desc=Над пунктирания правоъгълник се показва лента с инструменти, която ви позволява да променяте съответната секция. За да го направите или изберете бутона Редактиране, или щракнете два пъти в пунктираният правоъгълник.
36 | translate=Преведете
37 | translate-sub=избрания текст
38 | translate-desc=Когато влезете в режим на редакция целия текст от секцията ще бъде избран. Веднага можете да започнете да въвеждате докато виждате контекста и наличното място за вашия превод.
39 | save=Запазете
40 | save-sub=превода си
41 | save-desc=Когато вече сте доволни от превода си можете да го запазите като натиснете Enter или изберете иконата за запазване от лентата с инструменти. За отказ от превода натиснете Esc или иконата за отказ.
42 | profit=Научете повече
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Какво друго мога да правя?
46 | more-desc=Режимът за превод на място на Pontoon го отличава от останалите, но той има и други преимущества.
47 | qa=Проверка на качеството
48 | qa-desc=Преди запазване се проверява качеството на превода
49 | helpers=В помощ на преводачите
50 | helpers-desc=Получавате помощ от паметта за преводи, машинен превод и други
51 | plurals=Форми за множествено число
52 | plurals-desc=Всички форми за множествено число могат да бъдат превеждани
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Вземете участие
56 | developers-desc=Вие сте разработчик с интерес към Pontoon? Има много начини, чрез които да се включите в проекта.
57 | implement=Използвайте в своя сайт
58 | implement-desc=Добавете скрипт и сте наполовина готови
59 | github=Хаквайте го в GitHub
60 | github-desc=Напълно безплатен и с отворен код
61 | by-mozilla=От някого, на когото имаш доверие
62 | by-mozilla-desc=От организацията с нестопанска цел зад Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Изработен от Mozilla
66 | join-us=Включете се
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bm/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/bm/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bn-BD/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/bn-BD/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bn-IN/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/bn-IN/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bn/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon-এর ভূমিকা
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon-এর ভূমিকা
6 | navigation-what=কি
7 | navigation-how=কিভাবে
8 | navigation-more=আরও
9 | navigation-developers=ডেভেলপারদের জন্য
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla কর্তৃক Pontoon
13 | headline-1=ওয়েবকে অনুবাদ করুন।
14 | headline-2=একস্থানে।
15 | call-to-action=এর সম্পর্কে আরও জানুন
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon কি?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon আপনাকে একস্থানে প্রসঙ্গ এবং স্থানিক সীমাবদ্ধতার অধিকারকে সামনে রেখে, ওয়েবের বিষয়বস্তু অনুবাদ করতে সাহায্য করে।
20 | context=প্রসঙ্গ বুঝুন
21 | context-desc=ওয়েব পেজের মধ্যেই এর অনুবাদের মাধ্যমে আপনার আর চিন্তা করতে হবে না যে অনুবাদকৃত শব্দটি বিশেষ্য না সর্বনাম।
22 | space=বিশেষ সীমাবদ্ধতাগুলো দেখুন
23 | preview=পূর্বরূপের ঝটপট দেখে নেয়া
24 |
25 | # How
26 | how-title=এটা কীভাবে কাজ করে?
27 | hover=হোভার
28 | hover-sub=ওয়েব কনটেন্ট এর উপর
29 | select=নির্বাচন করুন
30 | select-sub=একটি টেক্সট ব্লক
31 | select-desc=ড্যাশ লাইন দেয়া একটি আয়তক্ষেত্রের ওপরে একটি টুলবার প্রদর্শিত হবে, যা আপনাকে সম্পাদনার জন্য সংশ্লিষ্ট পাঠ্য ব্লক নির্বাচন করতে দিবে। টুলবারের সম্পাদনা বোতামে ক্লিক করুন, বা ড্যাশ লাইনে কোথাও ডবল ক্লিক করুন।
32 | translate=অনুবাদ করুন
33 | translate-sub=নির্বাচিত টেক্সট
34 | translate-desc=আপনি যখন সম্পাদনা মোডে ঢুকবেন, পুরো টেক্সক্ট ব্লক নির্বাচিত হবে। আপনি তৎক্ষণাত আপনার সোর্স স্ট্রিঙ্গের সঠিক প্রেক্ষাপট দেখতে এবং আপনার অনুবাদের জন্য কি পরিমাণ স্থান রয়েছে তা দেখে সাথে সাথেই অনুবাদ টাইপ করতে পারবেন।
35 | save=সংরক্ষণ করুন
36 | save-sub=আপনার অনুবাদ
37 | save-desc=যখনই আপনি আপনার অনুবাদে সন্তুষ্ট হবে, আপনি Enter চেপে বা টুলবারের Save আইকন ক্লিক করে তা সংরক্ষণ করতে পারবেন। কোন পরিবর্তণ ছাড়া অনুবাদ মোড থেকে বের হতে Esc চাপুন অথবা টুলবারে Cancel আইকন ক্লিক করুন।
38 | profit=আরও জানুন
39 |
40 | # More
41 | more-title=এছাড়া আপনি আরও কি করতে পারেন?
42 | more-desc=স্থান অনুবাদ মোডে পন্টুন যা অন্যদের লেখার উপরে নির্ভর করে, কিন্তু এটির অারও অনেক সুবিধা আছে।
43 | qa=গুণমান যাচাই
44 | qa-desc=সংরক্ষণের পূর্বেই স্বয়ংক্রিয়ভাবে অনুবাদের গুণমান যাচাই হয়
45 | helpers=অনুবাদ সহযোগিসমূহ
46 | helpers-desc=অনুবাদক মেমরি থেকে সাহায্য, মেশিন অনুবাদ এবং পছন্দ থেকে সাহায্য পেতে
47 |
48 | # Developers
49 |
50 | # Footer
51 |
52 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/br/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/br/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/bs/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/bs/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ca/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ca/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ca/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Localització en context al Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon, de Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Localització en context
7 | headline-1=Traduïu el web.
8 | headline-2=«In situ».
9 | call-to-action=Més informació
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Què és la localització en context?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Us permet traduir el contingut web «in situ», de forma que podeu veure directament el context i les limitacions d'espai.
14 | context=Enteneu el context
15 | context-desc=Com que traduïu la pàgina web directament dins la mateixa pàgina web, ja no cal patir per saber si la paraula que esteu traduint és un verb o un nom.
16 | space=Vegeu les limitacions d'espai
17 | space-desc=Com que veieu l'espai disponible per a la traducció, no introduireu errades en la interfície d'usuari, cosa que és especialment útil en les aplicacions.
18 | preview=Previsualització instantània
19 | preview-desc=Immediatament després d'enviar-se, la traducció substitueix el text original en la pàgina web, o sigui que sereu el primer de revisar-la i comprovar-la.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Com funciona?
23 | how-desc-in-context=La localització en context és una eina molt senzilla i intuïtiva que no requereix cap habilitat tècnica per començar a traduir.
24 | hover=Passeu el ratolí
25 | hover-sub=per sobre del contingut web
26 | hover-desc=Moveu el ratolí sobre els títols, enllaços, paràgrafs o altres blocs de text d'aquesta pàgina. Apareixerà un rectangle discontinu al voltant de cadascun d'aquests blocs, que indica les cadenes disponibles per traduir dins la mateixa pàgina.
27 | select=Seleccioneu
28 | select-sub=un bloc de text
29 | select-desc=Veureu una barra d'eines sobre el rectangle discontinu, que us permet seleccionar el corresponent bloc de text per editar-lo. Per fer-ho, feu clic al botó «Edita» de la barra d'eines o feu doble clic dins el rectangle.
30 | translate=Traduïu
31 | translate-sub=el text seleccionat
32 | translate-desc=Quan entreu en el mode d'edició, se seleccionarà el bloc de text sencer. Podeu començar a teclejar la traducció immediatament, tot veient el context exacte de la cadena original i quant espai hi ha disponible per a la traducció.
33 | save=Deseu
34 | save-sub=la traducció
35 | save-desc=Quan estigueu satisfet de la traducció, deseu-la prement «Retorn» o fent clic en la icona de desar a la barra d'eines. Per sortir del mode de traducció sense desar els canvis, premeu «Esc» o feu clic a la icona de cancel·lar a la barra d'eines.
36 | that-is-it=Això és tot!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Creat per Mozilla
40 | join-us=Uniu-vos-hi
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/cak/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/cak/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/cak/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Nab'ey taq tzij
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon Nab'ey taq tzij
6 | navigation-what=Achike
7 | navigation-how=Achike
8 | navigation-more=Ch'aqa' chik
9 | navigation-developers=B'anonela'
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon ruma Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Titzalq'omïx ri ajk'amaya'l.
14 | headline-2=Pa ruk'ojlib'al.
15 | call-to-action=Tatzijoj Ch'aqa' Chik Chwe
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=¿Achike ri Pontoon?
19 | context=Nino' pan awi' ri tz'ib'anïk
20 | context-desc=Toq yatzalq'omin ajk'amaya'l ruxaq pa ri ruxaq ri', man xtamäy ta chik we ri tzij natzalq'omij jun b'anoj o jun t'as.
21 |
22 | # How
23 | how-title=¿Achike rub'eyal nisamäj?
24 | hover=Ch'ikïl
25 | hover-sub=pa ruwi' rupam ajk'amaya'l
26 | select=Ticha'
27 | translate=Titzalq'omïx
28 | translate-sub=cha'on rucholajem tz'ib'anïk
29 | save=Tiyak
30 | save-sub=atzalq'omanik
31 | profit=Tetamäx ch'aqa' chik
32 |
33 | # More
34 | more-title=¿Achike ch'aqa' chik yitikïr ninb'än?
35 | qa=Runik'oxik rub'anikil
36 |
37 | # Developers
38 | developers-title=Kak'uluman
39 |
40 | # Footer
41 | join-us=Tatunu' pe awi'
42 |
43 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ckb/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=پنتۆۆن لە لایەن مۆزیللاوە
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-1=وێب بکە سەر زمانەکەی خۆت.
6 | headline-2=لە شوێنە.
7 | call-to-action=زیاترم پێبڵی
8 |
9 | # What
10 | context=تێگەشتنی پێکهاتە
11 | preview=پێشبینینی بکە بە زووی
12 |
13 | # How
14 | how-title=چۆن کاردەکات؟
15 | hover=بچۆسەر
16 | hover-sub=بەناو ناوەڕۆکی وێب
17 | select=هەڵبژێرە
18 | translate=وەرگێڕان
19 | translate-sub=دەقی دیاریکراو
20 | save=پاشەکەوتکردن
21 | save-sub=وەرگێڕانەکانت
22 | that-is-it=هەر ئەوەنە!
23 |
24 | # Footer
25 | author=کاردەستی لە لایەن مۆزیللا
26 | join-us=بەشدار بە لەگەڵمان
27 |
28 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/cs/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/cs/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/cs/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon - úvod
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon – úvod
6 | navigation-what=Co
7 | navigation-how=Jak
8 | navigation-more=Více
9 | navigation-developers=Vývojáři
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon od Mozilly
13 | headline-1=Lokalizujte web.
14 | headline-2=Přímo na stránce.
15 | call-to-action=Dozvědět se více
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Co je Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon umožňuje překládat webový obsah přímo na stránce s okamžitým přehledem o kontextu a prostorových omezeních.
20 | context=Uvědomíte si kontext
21 | context-desc=Při lokalizaci webové stránky přímo na stránce už nebudete muset přemýšlet, jestli slovo, které právě překládáte, má být podstatné jméno a nebo sloveso.
22 | space=Uvidíte, kolik máte místa
23 | space-desc=Vyhnete se rozbití uživatelského rozhraní, protože uvidíte, kolik máte na překlad místa - to se obzvlášť hodí u aplikací.
24 | preview=Náhled se zobrazí okamžitě
25 | preview-desc=Hned po odeslání bude původní text webové stránky nahrazen překladem, takže budete moci rovnou udělat první testování a korekturu.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Jak to funguje?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon je velice jednoduchý a intuitivní nástroj, k jehož používání překladatelé nepotřebují žádné nebo jen minimální technické znalosti.
30 | hover=Najeďte myší
31 | hover-sub=na obsah webu
32 | hover-desc=Najeďte myší na nadpis, odkaz, odstavec nebo jiný blok textu na této stránce. Okolo něj se pak objeví přerušovaný obdélník, který vám vyznačí řetězce k překladu přímo na stránce.
33 | select=Vyberte
34 | select-sub=blok textu
35 | select-desc=Nad přerušovaným obdélníkem se objeví nástrojová lišta. Příslušný blok textu můžete začít upravovat klepnutím na ikonku upravit nebo dvojitým klepnutím kamkoli dovnitř obdélníku.
36 | translate=Přeložte
37 | translate-sub=vybraný text
38 | translate-desc=Po vstupu do režimu úprav se celý blok textu vybere. Rovnou budete moci začít psát svůj překlad a zároveň uvidíte obsah zdrojového řetězce a kolik máte na svůj překlad místa.
39 | save=Uložte
40 | save-sub=svůj překlad
41 | save-desc=Až budete se svým překladem spokojeni, uložíte ho stisknutím klávesy Enter nebo klepnutím na ikonku uložit na nástrojové liště. Režim překladu lze také opustit bez uložení stisknutím klávesy Esc nebo klepnutím na ikonku zrušit na nástrojové liště.
42 | profit=Zjistit více
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Co to ještě umí?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon je nástroj s režimem překladu přímo na místě, což je jeho hlavní výhoda oproti ostatním, ale má i řadu dalších výhod.
47 | qa=Kontrola kvality
48 | qa-desc=Překlady jsou automaticky kontrolované před jejich uložením
49 | helpers=Překladatelské pomůcky
50 | helpers-desc=Obsahuje nástroje jako paměť překladů, strojový překlad a další podobné
51 | plurals=Podpora množného čísla
52 | plurals-desc=Řetězce obsahující množné číslo můžete překládat do všech tvarů v každém jazyce
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Zapojte se
56 | developers-desc=Jste vývojář a Pontoon vás zaujal? Je spousta způsobů, jak přiložit ruku k dílu.
57 | implement=Zapněte ho na svých stránkách
58 | implement-desc=Přidejte skript a půl je hotovo
59 | github=Najdete jej na GitHubu
60 | github-desc=Je úplně zdarma, svobodný a open source
61 | by-mozilla=Od lidí, kterým věříte
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Vyvíjený neziskovou organizací, která stojí za prohlížečem Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Od Mozilly
66 | join-us=Přidejte se k nám
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/csb/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/csb/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/csb/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/cy/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/cy/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/cy/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Cyflwyniad i Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Cyflwyniad i Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=beth
7 | navigation-how=sut
8 | navigation-more=rhagor
9 | navigation-developers=datblygwyr
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon gan Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Lleoleiddio'r we.
14 | headline-2=ar y sgrin.
15 | call-to-action=Rhagor
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=beth yw Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Mae Pontoon yn caniatáu i chi leoleiddio cynnwys gwe ar y sgrin, gyda'r cyd-destun a'r cyfyngiadau gofodol yn amlwg.
20 | context=Deall y cyd-destun
21 | context-desc=Drwy leoleiddio tudalen gwe ar y dudalen ei hun, does dim angen i chi boeni os mai berf neu enw yw'r gair.
22 | space=Gweld y cyfyngiadau gofodol
23 | space-desc=Mae modd peidio torri'r rhyngwyneb defnyddiwr drwy weld faint o le sydd ar gael ar gyfer y cyfieithiad, ac yn arbennig o ddefnyddiol ar gyfer apiau.
24 | preview=Derbyn adborth yn syth
25 | preview-desc=Yr eiliad byddwch yn cyflwyno cyfieithiad bydd yn cymryd lle'r gwreiddiol ar y dudalen we gan eich gwneud chi'r prawf-ddarllenydd a'r profwr cyntaf.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=sut mae'n gweithio?
29 | how-desc=Mae Pontoon yn declyn syml sy'n gofyn am prin dim gwybodaeth technegol gan y lleoleiddiwr i'w ddefnyddio.
30 | hover=Hofran
31 | hover-sub=dros cynnwys gwe
32 | hover-desc=Symudwch eich llygoden dros benawdau, dolenni, paragraffau a blociau testun eraill ar y dudalen hon. Bydd petryal toredig yn ymddangos o amgylch pob un o'r blociau, y marcio llinynnau sydd ar gael i'w lleoleiddio ar y dudalen ei hun.
33 | select=Dewis
34 | select-sub=bloc testun
35 | select-desc=Mae bar offer yn ymddangos uwchlaw'r petryal toredig sy'n caniatáu i chi ddewis y blwch testun priodol i'w olygu. I wneud hynny, un ai cliciwch ar y botwm golygu yn y bar offer neu rhowch glic dwbl unrhyw le o fewn yr ymyl doredig.
36 | translate=cyfieithu
37 | translate-sub=testun
38 | translate-desc=Wrth fynd i'r modd golygu, bydd y bloc testun cyfan yn cael ei ddewis. Gallwch gychwyn teipio eich cyfieithiad tra'n gallu gweld cyd-destun y llinyn ffynhonnell a faint o le sydd ar gael ar gyfer eich cyfieithiad.
39 | save=CADW
40 | save-sub=eich cyfieithiad
41 | save-desc=Cyn gynted a'ch bod chi'n hapus gyda'ch cyfieithiad, gallwch ei gadw drwy bwyso Enter neu glicio'r eicon cadw yn y bar offer. I adael cyfieithu heb gadw newidiadau, pwyswch Esc neu glicio ar yr eicon diddymu yn y bar offer.
42 | profit=DYSGU RHAGOR
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=BETH ARALL MAE'N GALLU GWNEUD?
46 | more-desc=Mae modd cyfieithu yn ei le Pontoon yn ei wneud yn well na rhai eraill ond mae ganddo nifer o fanteision eraill hefyd.
47 | qa=Diogelu ansawdd
48 | qa-desc=Mae cyfieithiadau'n cael eu hadolygu'n awtomatig cyn eu cadw
49 | helpers=Cynorthwyo i gyfieithu
50 | helpers-desc=Gallwch gael cymorth gan gof cyfieithu, cyfieithu peirianyddol ac ati
51 | plurals=Lluosogion
52 | plurals-desc=Gall llinynnau sydd a lluosogion gael eu cyfieithu i'r ffurfiau lluosog sydd ar gael yn eich iaith.
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=YMUNWCH
56 | developers-desc=Ydych chi'n ddatblygwr, diddordeb yn Pontoon? Mae yna ddigon o ffyrdd i gyfrannu.
57 | implement=Ei alluogi ar eich gwefan
58 | implement-desc=Ychwanegwch sgript ac rydych hanner ffordd yna
59 | github=Gallwch ei hacio ar GitHub
60 | github-desc=Mae'n gwbl rhydd a chod agored
61 | by-mozilla=Gan rhywrai dibynadwy
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Datblygwyd gan y corff dim er elw tu ôl i Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Crefftwaith Mozilla
66 | join-us=Ymunwch â ni
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/da/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/da/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/da/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Introduktion til Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Introduktion til Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Hvad
7 | navigation-how=Hvordan
8 | navigation-more=Mere
9 | navigation-developers=Udviklere
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon af Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Oversæt websider
14 | headline-2=på websider
15 | call-to-action=Fortæl mig mere
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Hvad er Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon gør det muligt at oversætte indhold på websider, direkte på websiderne. Dermed kan du nemt se sammenhæng med andre tekster på siden og tilgængelig plads.
20 | context=Forstå sammenhæng
21 | context-desc=Når du oversætter direkte på en webside, kan du nemt se tekstens sammenhæng, og fx afgøre om et ord er et navneord eller et udsagnsord.
22 | space=Se pladsbegrænsninger
23 | space-desc=Du kan direkte se, om din tekst fylder for meget, hvilket især er praktisk, når det gælder apps.
24 | preview=Få syn for sagen
25 | preview-desc=I det øjeblik, du indsender din oversættelse, vil den blive vist for websidens besøgende. Du kan dermed selv læse korrektur og teste siden.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Hvordan virker det?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon er meget intuitivt at bruge, og kræver ikke teknisk kunnen af oversætteren.
30 | hover=Placér musemarkøren
31 | hover-sub=over webindhold
32 | hover-desc=Placér musemarkøren over overskrifter, links, afsnit eller andre tekstblokke på siden. En markeret firkant bliver så vist omkring indholdet, hvis det kan redigeres.
33 | select=Vælg
34 | select-sub=en tekstblok
35 | select-desc=En værktøjslinje vises over firkanten. Klik på redigeringsknappen (en blyant) for at redigere, eller dobbeltklik i tekstblokken i firkanten.
36 | translate=Oversæt
37 | translate-sub=den valgte tekst
38 | translate-desc=Når du er i redigeringstilstand, vil hele tekstblokken blive markeret. Du kan indtaste din oversættelse med det samme, mens du kan se, hvor meget plads der er tilgængelig for din oversættelse.
39 | save=Gem
40 | save-sub=din oversættelse
41 | save-desc=Når du er tilfreds med din oversættelse, kan du gemme den ved at trykke på tasten Enter, eller ved at klikke på Gem-ikonet i værktøjslinjen over redigeringsfeltet. Hvis du vil afslutte redigeringen uden at gemme, kan du trykke på tasten Esc eller klikke på fortryd-ikonet i værktøjslinjen.
42 | profit=Læs mere
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Hvad kan Pontoon ellers gøre?
46 | more-desc=Pontoons direkte oversættelse på sider adskiller det fra andre værktøjer, men Pontoon har også mange andre fordele.
47 | qa=Kvalitetstjek
48 | qa-desc=Oversættelsen gennemgår automatisk et kvalitetstjek, inden den gemmes.
49 | helpers=Oversættelseshjælp
50 | helpers-desc=Få hjælp fra tidligere oversættelser, maskinoversættelse m.m.
51 | plurals=Flertals-hjælp
52 | plurals-desc=Strenge med flertalsformer kan oversættes til alle flertalsformer i dit sprog.
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Vær med!
56 | developers-desc=Hvis du er udvikler, og du er interesseret i at bruge Pontoon i dine egne projekter, er det også muligt.
57 | implement=Brug Pontoon på din webside
58 | implement-desc=Tilføj et script, og du er allerede halvvejs
59 | github=Hack det på GitHub
60 | github-desc=Det er helt gratis og open source
61 | by-mozilla=Af nogen, du kan stole på
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Udviklet af nonprofit-organisationen bag Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Lavet af Mozilla
66 | join-us=Vær med
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/de/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/de/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/dsb/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/dsb/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ee/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ee/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/el/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/el/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/el/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Μετάφραση εντός περιβάλλοντος στο Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon από τη Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Μετάφραση εντός περιβάλλοντος
7 | headline-1=Τοπικοποιηση ιστου.
8 | headline-2=Επιτοπου.
9 | call-to-action=Περισσοτερα
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Τι είναι η μετάφραση εντός περιβάλλοντος;
13 | what-desc-in-context=Σάς επιτρέπει να μεταφράζετε επί τόπου διαδικτυακό περιεχόμενο, με εννοιολογικούς και χωρικούς περιορισμούς.
14 | context=Κατανόηση περιεχομένου
15 | context-desc=Μεταφράζοντας την ιστοσελίδα επιτόπου, δεν ανησυχείτε πλέον για το αν η λέξη που μεταφράζετε είναι ρήμα ή ουσιαστικό.
16 | space=Προβολή περιορισμών χώρου
17 | space-desc=Αποφύγετε την καταστροφή του περιβάλλοντος χρήσης βλέποντας πόσος χώρος είναι διαθέσιμος για τις μεταφράσεις σας, κάτι ιδιαίτερα χρήσιμο για εφαρμογές.
18 | preview=Άμεση προεπισκόπηση
19 | preview-desc=Τη στιγμή που υποβάλετε μια μετάφραση, γίνεται αντικατάσταση του αρχικού κειμένου στην ιστοσελίδα. Έτσι, μπορείτε να είστε ελεγκτής, αλλά και δοκιμαστής.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Πως λειτουργει;
23 | how-desc-in-context=Η μετάφραση εντός περιβάλλοντος είναι ένα πολύ απλό και διαισθητικό εργαλείο που απαιτεί ελάχιστη ή καμία τεχνική ικανότητα.
24 | hover=Αιωρηση
25 | hover-sub=πάνω από το περιεχόμενο ιστού
26 | hover-desc=Κινήστε τον κέρσορα του ποντικιού σας πάνω από επικεφαλίδες, συνδέσμους, παραγράφους ή άλλα τμήματα κειμένου σε αυτή τη σελίδα. Θα εμφανιστεί ένα ορθογώνιο με διακεκομμένες πλευρές γύρω από κάθε τμήμα, επισημαίνοντας τα νήματα που είναι διαθέσιμα προς μετάφραση σε αυτή τη σελίδα.
27 | select=Επιλογη
28 | select-sub=ενός τμήματος κειμένου
29 | select-desc=Μια γραμμή εργαλείων εμφανίζεται πάνω στο ορθογώνιο με διακεκομμένες πλευρές, ώστε να επιλέξετε το αντίστοιχο τμήμα κειμένου προς επεξεργασία. Για να το κάνετε αυτό, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Επεξεργασία στη γραμμή εργαλείων, ή διπλό κλικ οπουδήποτε μέσα στο ορθογώνιο.
30 | translate=Μεταφραση
31 | translate-sub=επιλεγμένου κειμένου
32 | translate-desc=Όταν εισέλθετε στη λειτουργία επεξεργασίας, θα γίνει επιλογή ολόκληρου του τμήματος κειμένου. Μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε άμεσα να πληκτρολογείτε τη μετάφρασή σας, ενώ παράλληλα βλέπετε το ακριβές περιεχόμενο του αρχικού νήματος, καθώς και το διαθέσιμο χώρο για τη μετάφραση σας.
33 | save=Αποθηκευση
34 | save-sub=της μετάφρασής σας
35 | save-desc=Όταν είστε ευχαριστημένος με τη μετάφρασή σας, μπορείτε να την αποθηκεύσετε πατώντας το enter ή κάνοντας κλικ στο εικονίδιο αποθήκευσης στη γραμμή εργαλείων. Για έξοδο από τη λειτουργία μετάφρασης χωρίς αποθήκευση των αλλαγών, πατήστε το Esc ή κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο ακύρωσης στη γραμμή εργαλείων.
36 | that-is-it=Αυτό ήταν!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Δημιουργήθηκε από τη Mozilla
40 | join-us=Συμμετοχή
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/en-GB/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/en-GB/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/en-GB/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Intro
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Introduction to Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=what
7 | navigation-how=how
8 | navigation-more=more
9 | navigation-developers=developers
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon by Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Localise the web.
14 | headline-2=In place.
15 | call-to-action=More Information
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=What is Pontoon
19 | what-desc=Pontoon allows you to localize web content in place, with context and spatial limitations right in front of you.
20 | context=Understand context
21 | context-desc=By localising web page on the page itself, you no longer need to worry if the word you are translating is a verb or noun.
22 | space=See spatial limitations
23 | space-desc=Avoid breaking user interface by seeing how much space is available for your translations, which is especially useful with apps.
24 | preview=Get instant preview
25 | preview-desc=The moment you submit a translation, it replaces the original text in the web page, making you the first proof-reader and tester.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=How does it work?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon is a very simple and intuitive tool that requires little to no technical skill for localisers to use.
30 | hover=Hover
31 | hover-sub=over web content
32 | hover-desc=Move your mouse over headings, links, paragraphs or other text blocks on this page. A dashed rectangle will appear around each of these blocks, marking strings that are available for localisation on the page itself.
33 | select=Select
34 | select-sub=a text block
35 | select-desc=A toolbar appears above the dashed rectangle, allowing you to select the corresponding text block for editing. To do so, either click on the Edit button in the toolbar, or double-click anywhere inside the dashed border.
36 | translate=Translate
37 | translate-sub=selected text
38 | translate-desc=When you enter editing mode, the entire text block will be selected. You can start typing your translation immediately while seeing the exact context of your source string and how much space is available for your translation.
39 | save=Save
40 | save-sub=your translation
41 | save-desc=As soon as you are happy with your translation, you can save it by pressing Enter or clicking the save icon in the toolbar. To quit translation mode without saving changes, press Esc or click the cancel icon in the toolbar.
42 | profit=Learn more
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=What else can it do?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon's in place translation mode is what puts it above others, but it also has many other benefits.
47 | qa=Quality checks
48 | qa-desc=Translations are automatically reviewed for quality before saving
49 | helpers=Translation helpers
50 | helpers-desc=Get help from translation memory, machine translation and the likes
51 | plurals=Plurals support
52 | plurals-desc=Strings with plurals can be translated to all plural forms available in your language
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Get involved
56 | developers-desc=Are you a developer, interested in Pontoon? There are plenty of ways to get your hands dirty.
57 | implement=Enable it on your site
58 | implement-desc=Add a script and you are halfway through
59 | github=Hack it on GitHub
60 | github-desc=It's completely free and open source
61 | by-mozilla=By someone you trust
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Developed by the non-profit behind Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Crafted by Mozilla
66 | join-us=Join us
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/en-US/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=In-context localization in Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon by Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=In-context localization
7 | headline-1=Localize the web.
8 | headline-2=In place.
9 | call-to-action=Tell Me More
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=What is in-context localization?
13 | what-desc-in-context=It allows you to localize web content in place, with context and spatial limitations right in front of you.
14 | context=Understand context
15 | context-desc=By localizing web page on the page itself, you no longer need to worry if the word you are translating is a verb or noun.
16 | space=See spatial limitations
17 | space-desc=Avoid breaking user interface by seeing how much space is available for your translations, which is especially useful with apps.
18 | preview=Get instant preview
19 | preview-desc=The moment you submit translation, it replaces the original text in the web page, making you the first proofreader and tester.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=How does it work?
23 | how-desc-in-context=In-context localization is a very simple and intuitive tool that requires little to no technical skill for localizers to use.
24 | hover=Hover
25 | hover-sub=over web content
26 | hover-desc=Move your mouse over headings, links, paragraphs or other text blocks on this page. A dashed rectangle will appear around each of these blocks, marking strings that are available for localization on the page itself.
27 | select=Select
28 | select-sub=a text block
29 | select-desc=A toolbar appears above the dashed rectangle, allowing you to select the corresponding text block for editing. To do so, either click on the Edit button in the toolbar, or double-click anywhere inside the dashed border.
30 | translate=Translate
31 | translate-sub=selected text
32 | translate-desc=When you enter editing mode, the entire text block will be selected. You can start typing your translation immediately while seeing the exact context of your source string and how much space is available for your translation.
33 | save=Save
34 | save-sub=your translation
35 | save-desc=As soon as you are happy with your translation, you can save it by pressing Enter or clicking the save icon in the toolbar. To quit translation mode without saving changes, press Esc or click the cancel icon in the toolbar.
36 | that-is-it=That's it!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Crafted by Mozilla
40 | join-us=Join us
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/en-ZA/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/en-ZA/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/en-ZA/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/eo/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/eo/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-AR/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/es-AR/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-AR/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Localización contextual en Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon por Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Localización contextual
7 | headline-1=Localizá la web.
8 | headline-2=en su lugar.
9 | call-to-action=Quiero saber más
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=¿Qué es la localización contextual?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Pontoon te permite localizar el contenido de la web en el mismo lugar para que veas el contexto y las limitaciones de espacio, justo delante tuyo.
14 | context=Conocé el contexto
15 | context-desc=Al localizar en el lugar, ya no tendrás dudas de si la palabra que estás traduciendo es un verbo o un sustantivo.
16 | space=Mirá los límites de espacio
17 | space-desc=Evitá romper la interfaz de usuario, al poder ver cuánto espacio tenés disponible para tu traducción, lo que es muy importante para las aplicaciones.
18 | preview=Podés verlo instantáneamente
19 | preview-desc=En el momento que subís la traducción, reemplaza al texto original de la página, lo que te convierte en el primer revisor.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=¿Cómo fuciona?
23 | how-desc-in-context=La localización contextual es una herramienta muy simple e intuitiva, así que los localizadores no precisan de conocimientos técnicos para usarlo.
24 | hover=Pasá
25 | hover-sub=el puntero por encima del texto
26 | hover-desc=Mové el mouse por encima de encabezados, enlaces, párrafos u otros bloques de texto en esta página. Un rectángulo punteado aparecerá alrededor de cada uno de estos bloques, marcando las cadenas que están disponibles para ser localizadas.
27 | select=Elige
28 | select-sub=un bloque de texto
29 | select-desc=Aparecerá una barra de herramientas en la parte superior de la línea punteada, que te permitirá seleccionar el bloque de texto correspondiente para editarlo. Para hacerlo, o hacés clic en el botón Editar en la barra de herramientas o hacés doble clic en cualquier lugar dentro del borde punteado.
30 | translate=traducí
31 | translate-sub=el texto seleccionado
32 | translate-desc=Cuando iniciás el modo de edición, todo el bloque de texto será seleccionado. Podés empezar a escribir tu traducción en el momento mientras mirás el contexto en el que está la cadena original y cuánto espacio tenés disponible para la traducción.
33 | save=guardar
34 | save-sub=tu localización
35 | save-desc=Tan pronto como estés seguro con tu traducción, podés guardarla presionando el Enter o haciendo clic en el botón de Guardar en la barra de herramientas. Para salir del modo de edición sin guardar los cambios, presioná Esc o el ícono de cancelar en la barra de herramientas.
36 | that-is-it=¡Eso es todo!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Creado por Mozilla
40 | join-us=Unite
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-CL/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/es-CL/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-ES/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/es-ES/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-ES/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon de Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-0=Localización en contexto
6 | headline-1=Localiza la Web.
7 | headline-2=En contexto.
8 | call-to-action=Más información
9 |
10 | # What
11 | what-title-in-context=¿Qué es la localización en contexto?
12 | context=Entiende el contexto
13 | context-desc=Al localizar una web desde la propia página, ya no tienes que ocuparte por averiguar si la palabra que traduces es un verbo o un nombre.
14 | space=Comprueba las limitaciones de espacio
15 | space-desc=Evita dañar la interfaz de usuario viendo cuánto espacio hay disponible para tus traducciones, lo que resulta especialmente útil al traducir apps.
16 | preview=Accede al instante a una vista previa
17 | preview-desc=En el momento que envías una traducción, ésta sustituye al texto original de la página web, lo que te convierte en el primer corrector y revisor.
18 |
19 | # How
20 | how-title=¿Cómo funciona?
21 | hover=Pasa el cursor
22 | hover-sub=por el contenido web
23 | hover-desc=Desplaza el cursor por los encabezados, enlaces, párrafos u otros bloques de texto de la página. Alrededor de ellos aparecerá un rectángulo de líneas discontinuas que marca las cadenas que están disponibles para la localización en la misma página.
24 | select=Selecciona
25 | select-sub=un bloque de texto
26 | select-desc=Sobre el rectángulo de líneas discontinuas aparece una barra de herramientas, que te permite seleccionar el bloque de texto correspondiente para su edición. Para ello, haz clic en el botón Editar de la barra de herramientas, o bien haz doble clic en cualquier lugar de la línea discontinua.
27 | translate=Traduce
28 | translate-sub=el texto seleccionado
29 | translate-desc=Al acceder al modo edición, se selecciona todo el bloque de texto. Puede comenzar a escribir su traducción inmediatamente, y al mismo tiempo ver el contenido exacto de la cadena fuente y el espacio disponible para su traducción.
30 | save=Guarda
31 | save-sub=tu traducción
32 | save-desc=Cuando estés satisfecho con la traducción, puedes guardarla pulsando Intro o haciendo clic en el icono guardar de la barra de herramientas. Para salir del modo traducción sin guardar los cambios, presiona Esc o haz clic en el icono Cancelar de la barra de herramientas.
33 | that-is-it=¡Eso es!
34 |
35 | # Footer
36 | author=Elaborado por Mozilla
37 | join-us=Únete
38 |
39 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-MX/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/es-MX/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es-MX/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Localización contextual en Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-1=Localizar la web.
6 | headline-2=En contexto.
7 | call-to-action=Quiero saber más
8 |
9 | # What
10 | context=Comprende el contexto
11 | context-desc=Al localizar la página web en la página web, no necesitas preocuparte si la palabra que estás traduciendo es un verbo o un sustantivo.
12 | space=Ver limitaciones espaciales
13 | space-desc=Evita romper la interfaz de usuario al ver cuánto espacio hay disponible para tus traducciones, lo que es especialmente útil con las aplicaciones.
14 | preview=Obtén una vista previa instantánea
15 | preview-desc=En el momento en que envías la traducción, reemplaza el texto original en la página web, lo que lo convierte en el primer corrector y tester.
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=¿Cómo trabaja?
19 | hover=Pasa el cursor
20 | hover-sub=por el contenido web
21 | hover-desc=Colócate sobre los encabezados, enlaces, párrafos u otros bloques de texto en esta página. Un rectángulo de línea punteada aparecerá alrededor de cada uno de estos bloques, marcando las cadenas que están disponibles para la localización en la misma página.
22 | select=Seleccionar
23 | select-sub=un bloque de texto
24 | select-desc=Sobre el rectángulo de líneas discontinuas aparece una barra de herramientas, que te permite seleccionar el bloque de texto correspondiente para su edición. Para ello, haz clic en el botón Editar de la barra de herramientas, o bien haz doble clic en cualquier lugar de la línea discontinua.
25 | translate=Traducir
26 | translate-sub=texto seleccionado
27 | translate-desc=Al entrar en modo edición, se selecciona todo el bloque de texto. Puedes comenzar a escribir tu traducción inmediatamente, y al mismo tiempo ver el contenido exacto de la cadena fuente y el espacio disponible para tu traducción.
28 | save=Guarda
29 | save-sub=tu traducción
30 | save-desc=Tan pronto como estés contento con tu traducción, puedes guardarla presionando Entrar o dando clic en el icono guardar de la barra de herramientas. Para salir del modo de traducción si guardar cambios, presiona Esc o da clic en el icono cancelar de la barra de herramientas.
31 | that-is-it=¡Eso es todo!
32 |
33 | # Footer
34 | author=Creado por Mozilla
35 | join-us=Únete
36 |
37 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/es/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/es/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/et/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/et/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/et/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontooni sissejuhatus
5 | navigation-what=Mis?
6 | navigation-how=Kuidas?
7 | navigation-more=Mis veel?
8 | navigation-developers=Arendajatele
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Pontoon Mozillalt
12 | headline-1=Lokaliseeri veebi.
13 | headline-2=Reaalajas.
14 | call-to-action=Rohkem infot
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Mis asi on Pontoon?
18 | what-desc=Pontoon võimaldab veebi lokaliseerida reaalajas, nii et samal ajal on näha kontekst ja ruumilised piirangud.
19 | context=Mõista konteksti
20 | context-desc=Lokaliseerides veebilehte lehe enda peal, ei pea sa enam muretsema selle pärast, kas tõlgid tegu- või hoopis nimisõna.
21 | space=Näe ruumipiiranguid
22 | space-desc=Väldi kasutajaliidese lõhkumist, nähes tõlgeteks saadaval olevat ruumi, mis on eriti kasulik mobiilirakenduste puhul.
23 | preview=Näe muutusi kohe
24 | preview-desc=Kohe kui tõlge on saadetud, asendab see algse teksti veebilehel, tehes sinust esimese toimetaja ning testija.
25 |
26 | # How
27 | how-title=Kuidas see töötab?
28 | how-desc=Pontoon on väga lihtne ja intuitiivne tööriist, mis ei nõua lokaliseerijatelt kuigi palju tehnilisi teadmisi.
29 | select=Vali
30 | select-sub=tekstiblokk
31 | translate=Tõlgi
32 | translate-sub=valitud tekst
33 | save=Salvesta
34 | save-sub=oma tõlge
35 |
36 | # More
37 | qa=Kvaliteedikontroll
38 | qa-desc=Kvaliteedi tagamiseks vaadatakse tõlked enne salvestamist automaatselt üle
39 | helpers=Tõlkeabilised
40 | helpers-desc=Kasuta tõlkemälu, masintõlget ja teisi samalaadseid abivahendeid
41 | plurals=Mitmuste tugi
42 | plurals-desc=Mitmusi kasutavaid stringe saab tõlkida kõikidesse mitmuse vormidesse, mis su keeles olemas on
43 |
44 | # Developers
45 | github=Häki seda GitHubis
46 | github-desc=See on täiesti vaba ja avatud lähtekoodiga
47 |
48 | # Footer
49 | join-us=Liitus
50 |
51 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/eu/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/eu/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/eu/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Sarrera
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon Sarrera
6 | navigation-what=Zer
7 | navigation-how=Nola
8 | navigation-more=Gehiago
9 | navigation-developers=Garatzaileak
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon, Mozillaren eskutik
13 | headline-1=Itzuli Weba.
14 | headline-2=Tokian bertan.
15 | call-to-action=Gehiago jakin nahi dut
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Zer da Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon-ek webgunearen edukia tokian bertan itzultzeko aukera ematen dizu, testuinguru eta espazio mugak aurrean dituzula.
20 | context=Ulertu testuingurua
21 | context-desc=Webgunea gunean bertan itzultzean, ez duzu arduratu behar itzultzen ari zaren hitza aditz bat ala izen bat izan.
22 |
23 | # How
24 |
25 | # More
26 |
27 | # Developers
28 |
29 | # Footer
30 |
31 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fa/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/fa/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fa/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=آشنایی با پونتون
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=معرفی پانتون
6 | navigation-what=چیست
7 | navigation-how=چگونه
8 | navigation-more=بیشتر
9 | navigation-developers=توسعه دهندگان
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=پونتون توسط موزیلا
13 | headline-1=بومی سازی وب.
14 | headline-2=در محل.
15 | call-to-action=بیشتر بدانید
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=پونتون چیست؟
19 | what-desc=پونتون به شما اجازه میدهد تا محتوا را در همان محل ترجمه کنید، به شکلی سایر محتوا و محدودیتهای فضا جلوی روی شماست.
20 | context=مفاهیم را درک کنید
21 | context-desc=با ترجمه صفحات وب در خود صفحه دیگر نیازی به نگرانی نیست که آیا کلمه ای که ترجمه شده است یک فعل و یا اسم است.
22 | space=محدودیت های فضایی را ببینید
23 | space-desc=با مشاهده فضای موجود برای ترجمه از تخریب محیط کاربری جلوگیری کنید که امر استفاده بیشتری در اپ ها دارد.
24 | preview=تغییرات را در همان لحظه مشاهده کنید
25 | preview-desc=در لحظه ای که ترجمه را ثبت کردید ترجمه شما به جای متن اصلی در صفحه جایگذاری می شود که این امر شما را به اولین اصلاح کننده و آزمایش کننده تبدیل می کند.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=این چگونه کار میکند؟
29 | how-desc=پونتون یک ابزار بسیار ساده و بصری می باشد که نیازی به دانش فنی برای بومی سازی ندارد.
30 | hover=ماوس خود را
31 | hover-sub=بالای محتوا قرار دهید
32 | hover-desc=نشانگر ماوس خود را بر روی سرفصلها, پیوندها، پاراگرافها یا دیگر متون نوشته شده در صفحه قرار دهید تا یک مستطیل نقطه چین شده دور آن ظاهر شود که نشان دهنده متون آماده برای بومی سازی هستند.
33 | select=انتخاب
34 | select-sub=یک بلوک از متن
35 | select-desc=یک نوار ابزار بالای مستطیل نقشه چین شده ظاهر میشود که به شما اجازه میدهد نوشته مورد نظر را ویرایش کنید. برای این کار روی دکمه ویرایش در نوار ابزار کلیک کنید و یا در هر جای صفحه از دوبار کلیک استفاده کنید.
36 | translate=ترجمهی
37 | translate-sub=متن انتخاب شده
38 | translate-desc=هنگامی که وارد حالت ویرایش شدید تمامی متن مورد نظر انتخاب خواهد شد. شما می توانید در همان لحظه ترجمه خود را شروع کنید در حالی که متن اصلی را نیز مشاهده می کنید و اینکه قدر فضا برای ترجمه شما باقی مانده است.
39 | save=ذخیره
40 | save-sub=ترجمهی شما
41 | save-desc=اگر از ترجمه خود راضی هستید می توانید با فشردن دکمه اینتر یا کلیک بر روی دکمه ذخیره در نوار ابزار آن را ذخیره کنید. یا برای خروج از حالت ویرایش بدون ذخیره ترجمه می توانید از دکمه Esc استفاده کنید و یا بر روی دکمه لغو در نوار ابزار کلیک کنید.
42 | profit=بیشتر بدانید
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=چه کار دیگری میتواند انجام دهد؟
46 | more-desc=ترجمه آنی پونتون مزیتی است که آن را در رتبه بالاتری از دیگر ابزارها قرار می دهد اما پونتون دارای مزیتهای دیگری نیز می باشد.
47 | qa=کنترلهای کیفی
48 | qa-desc=ترجمهها قبل از ذخیره شدن بطور خودکار برای کیفیت بازبینی میشوند
49 | helpers=یاری دهندگان ترجمه
50 | helpers-desc=از حافظهی ترجمه، ترجمهی ماشینی و مانند آن کمک بگیرید
51 | plurals=پشتیبانی از صورتهای جمع
52 | plurals-desc=جملههای با صورت جمع میتوانند به همهی صورتهای جمع موجود در زبان شما ترجمه شوند
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=همکاری کنید
56 | developers-desc=آیا یک توسعه دهنده هستید و به پونتون علاقه دارید؟ راه های زیادی برای همکاری داریم.
57 | implement=روی سایت خود فعالش کنید
58 | implement-desc=تنها یک اسکریپت اضافه کنید و نصف راه را آمدید
59 | github=پونتون را بر روی گیت هاب گسترش دهید
60 | github-desc=پونتون کاملا رایگان و متن باز است
61 | by-mozilla=توسط کسی که به او اطمینان دارید
62 | by-mozilla-desc=توسعه داده شده توسط سازمان غیرانتفاعی پشتِ فایرفاکس
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=طراحی شده توسط موزیلا
66 | join-us=به ما بپیوند
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ff/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ff/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ff/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Naatirde Pontoon
5 | navigation-what=Hol ɗuum
6 | navigation-how=Hol no
7 | navigation-more=Goɗɗum
8 | navigation-developers=Topotooɓe
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Pontoon mo Mozilla
12 | headline-1=Nokkuɗin geese ɗee.
13 | headline-2=Ɗo gootel.
14 | call-to-action=Facciran am
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Hol ko woni Pontoon?
18 | what-desc=Pontoon na aaɓna nokkuɗingol geese e nokku mum, fawaade e ngonka mum weeyo aɗa hucciti heen.
19 | context=Faam ngonka
20 | context-desc=So nokkuɗinii hello geese ngoo e hoore mum, a juumataa mbele helmere pir-ɗaa ndee ko gollal walla innde.
21 | space=Yiy keeri weeyo ɗii
22 | space-desc=Reento bonnude tammborgal kuutoro ngal ɗoon ɗo aɗa yiya boowal goodanngal firooji maa, huunde heewnde faayiida wonande jaaɓɗe ɗee.
23 | preview=Heɓ cooyngal ɗoon e ɗoon
24 | preview-desc=So a neldii firo ngoo tan, ngo lomtoto binndi gadani hello ɗii, nii woni ɗum wonii sahto e hoolkiso adanngo.
25 |
26 | # How
27 | how-title=Hol no ɗum gollortoo?
28 | how-desc=Pontoon ko kuutorgal newingal ngal ɗaɓɓaani e nokkuɗinooɓe ɓee karallaagal keewngal.
29 | hover=Huymbo
30 | hover-sub=nder loowdi geese
31 | hover-desc=Dirtin doomru maa dow dame, jokke, taƴe walla taƴe binndi ngoo hello. Maa nayiwal daringal diidi-taƴi feeñ e taarngo heen taƴre binndi kala ngam hollitde binndi potɗi nokkuɗineede e hello ngoo e hoore mum.
32 | select=Suɓo
33 | select-sub=yamre binndi
34 | select-desc=Palal kuutorɗe ina feeña dow nayiwal ɗiɗpotal diidi taƴondirɗi, ɗo mbaaw-ɗaa suɓaade yamre binndi tolnondirnde heen. Ngam ɗuum, dobo e butoŋ Taƴto nder palal kuutorɗe hee, walla ndobo-ɗaa laabi ɗiɗi ɗo waawi wonde fof e hawngo waɗngo diidi taƴondirɗi ngoo.
35 | translate=Fir
36 | translate-sub=suɓo binndi
37 | translate-desc=So a naatii e fannu taƴtagol, ɓooɗde binndi ndee fof maa suɓe. Aɗa waawi fuɗɗaade firde ɗoon e ɗoon tawa aɗa yiya no firo maa feeñirta kam e boowal firo ngal keddori-ɗaa.
38 | save=Daɗndu
39 | save-sub=firo maa
40 | save-desc=So a weltiima e firo maa hee tan, aɗa waawi ñoƴƴude e Naat walla ndobo-ɗaa e ikon Daɗndu nder palal kuutorɗe ngam daɗndude firo ngoo. Ngam yaltude ngonka firo kaa tawa a daɗndaani bayle ɗee, ñoƴƴu walla ndobo-ɗaa e ikon kaaytugol nder palal kuutorɗe.
41 | profit=Jokku taro
42 |
43 | # More
44 | more-title=Hol ko Pontoon waawi waɗde goɗɗum?
45 | more-desc=Ko ngonka firo Pontoon ɓurdi keddiiɗe ɗee, kono kadi Pontoon ine jogii ɓure goɗɗe.
46 | qa=Njiylawu yuumteende
47 | qa-desc=Cellugol firo ngoo ko ɗoon e ɗoon ƴeewtetee hade mum daɗndeede.
48 | helpers=Ballal firooɓe
49 | helpers-desc=Heɓ ballal teskorde firo ngoo, kam e firo masiŋ ngoo e nanndooji mum en.
50 | plurals=Tammborɗe keewɗe
51 | plurals-desc=Keeweendi callalle alkule ina mbaawi firdeede e denndaangal daaɗe keeweendi gonɗe e ɗemngal maa
52 |
53 | # Developers
54 | developers-title=Jeytore heen
55 | developers-desc=Mbele ko a topotooɗo paafaaɗo Pontoon ? Ɗo juuɗe ina modda ŋakkaani.
56 | implement=Softin ɗum e lowre maa
57 | implement-desc=So a ɓeydii heen eskiripte gooto a feccinii bolol
58 | github=Dah ɗum to GitHub
59 | github-desc=Kañum fof ko ko udditaa tee joɓetaake
60 | by-mozilla=Ummoraade e koolaaɗo
61 | by-mozilla-desc=Topii ɗum ko yarlitaniiɓe Firefox
62 |
63 | # Footer
64 | author=Feewni ɗum ko Mozilla
65 | join-us=Tawtu min
66 |
67 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fi/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/fi/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fr/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/fr/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fr/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Localisation contextualisée avec Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon crée par Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Localisation contextualisée
7 | headline-1=Localisez le web
8 | headline-2=Là où il est.
9 | call-to-action=En savoir plus
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Qu’est-ce que la localisation contextualisée ?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Elle vous permet de traduire le contenu web sur place, dans son contexte et avec ses limitations spatiales.
14 | context=Comprendre le contexte
15 | context-desc=En localisant du contenu sur la page elle-même, vous savez tout de suite si le mot que vous traduisez est un nom ou un verbe. Le contexte vous le montre.
16 | space=Voir l’espace d’affichage des traductions
17 | space-desc=Vous n’affectez plus l’interface utilisateur car vous voyez l’espace disponible pour chaque traduction, ce qui est particulièrement utile pour les applications.
18 | preview=Voir immédiatement l’effet sur la page
19 | preview-desc=Dès que vous soumettez une traduction, Pontoon la replace dans son contexte d’origine sur la page web, ce qui vous permet de réviser et de tester en premier.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Comment ça marche ?
23 | how-desc-in-context=La localisation en contexte est un outil très simple et intuitif dont l’usage demande peu, voire pas, de compétence technique aux contributeurs.
24 | hover=Survolez
25 | hover-sub=le contenu web avec votre souris
26 | hover-desc=Placez votre souris sur les titres, les liens, les paragraphes et les autres blocs de texte sur cette page. Un rectangle apparaîtra autour de chacun de ces blocs pour signaler les chaînes qui peuvent être localisées directement sur la page.
27 | select=Sélectionnez
28 | select-sub=un bloc de texte
29 | select-desc=Une barre d’outils apparaît au-dessus du rectangle et vous permet de sélectionner le bloc de texte correspondant pour l’éditer. Pour cela, vous pouvez cliquer sur l’icône de crayon ou double-cliquer n’importe où dans le rectangle.
30 | translate=Traduisez
31 | translate-sub=le texte sélectionné
32 | translate-desc=Une fois en mode Édition, le bloc de texte est entièrement sélectionné. Vous pouvez alors commencer à saisir votre traduction en visualisant le contexte et l’espace disponible.
33 | save=Enregistrez
34 | save-sub=votre traduction
35 | save-desc=Enregistrez votre traduction en appuyant sur Entrée ou en cliquant sur l’icône de sauvegarde en haut à gauche du rectangle. Pour quitter le mode Édition sans enregistrer vos modifications, appuyez sur Échap ou cliquez sur l’icône en forme de croix.
36 | that-is-it=Et voilà !
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Réalisé par Mozilla
40 | join-us=Rejoignez-nous
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/frp/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon pèr Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-0=Traduccion en contèxto
6 | headline-1=Traduire la têla
7 | headline-2=en contèxto.
8 | call-to-action=Savêr més
9 |
10 | # What
11 | what-title-in-context=Cen qu'est la traduccion en contèxto?
12 | context=Comprendre lo contèxto
13 | space=Vêr l limitacion spaciâla
14 | preview=Avêr una prèvisualisacion ôra
15 |
16 | # How
17 | how-title=Coment i marche?
18 |
19 | # Footer
20 |
21 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fur/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/fur/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fur/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fy-NL/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/fy-NL/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fy-NL/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon-yntro
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon-yntro
6 | navigation-what=Wat
7 | navigation-how=Hoe
8 | navigation-more=Mear
9 | navigation-developers=Untwikkelers
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon fan Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Lokalisearje it web.
14 | headline-2=Op ien plak.
15 | call-to-action=Fertel my mear
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Wat is Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Mei Pontoon kinne jo sidetekst daliks oersette, sûnder de kontekst út it each te ferliezen.
20 | context=Begryp ferbannen
21 | context-desc=Troch daliks op de side oer te setten sjogge jo hoe't alles yninoar past. Jo hoege jo bygelyks net mear ôf te freegjen oft dat iene wurd no in tiidwurdsfoarm wie, of in selsstannich nammewurd.
22 | space=Sjoch romtlike beheiningen
23 | space-desc=Omdat jo sjen kinne hoe't alles pleatst is, kinne jo derfoar soargje dat jo oersettingen by de rest fan de side passe. Dit is foaral handich by apps.
24 | preview=Krij daliks in foarbyld
25 | preview-desc=Sa gau as jo in oersetting yntsjinje, wurdt de oarspronklike tekst yn de webside ferfongen, wêrtroch jo de earste proeflêzer en tester binne.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Hoe wurket it?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon is in simpel en yntuïtyf helpmiddel dat hast gjin technyske feardichheden foar gebrûk troch oersetters fereasket.
30 | hover=Sweef
31 | hover-sub=oer de webynhâld
32 | hover-desc=Beweech jo mûs oer tekst op de side, lykas koppen, keppelingen en paragraaftekst. In stippelline ferskynt om oan te jaan dat hjir oer te setten tekst stiet.
33 | select=Kies
34 | select-sub=in tekstblok
35 | select-desc=Der ferskynt in arkbalke wêrmei't jo begjinne kinne mei oersetten. Jo kinne op de bewurkingsknop klikke, of de tekst dûbelklikke, om daliks te begjinnen mei oersetten.
36 | translate=Selektearre tekst
37 | translate-sub=oersette
38 | translate-desc=Sa gau as jo begjinne mei oersetten wurdt it hiele tekstblok selektearre, wêrtroch jo daliks ynsjoch hawwe yn hoe't jo oersetting op de side komt te stean, kwa lingte en breedte.
39 | save=Bewarje
40 | save-sub=jo oersetting
41 | save-desc=As jo klear binne mei it oersetten fan in tekstblok kinne jo de oersetting bewarje troch op Enter te drukken, of de bewarknop yn de arkbalke te brûken. Om in oersetting ûngedien te meitsjen kinne jo op Esc drukke, of de annulearknop yn de arkbalke brûke.
42 | profit=Mear lêze
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Wat kin it noch mear?
46 | more-desc=De krêft fan Pontoon leit yn it daliks oersetten fan tekst op siden, mar it kin natuerlik folle mear.
47 | qa=Kwaliteitskontrôle
48 | qa-desc=De kwaliteit fan oersettingen wurdt automatysk beoardiele eardat se bewarre wurde
49 | helpers=Oersetark
50 | helpers-desc=Meitsje gebrûk fan eardere oersettingen, masine-oersettingen en de stimmen
51 | plurals=Stipe foar meartallen
52 | plurals-desc=Tekst mei meartallen dêryn, kinne automatysk oerset wurde nei alle meartalsfoarmen dy't yn jo taal bestean
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Doch mei
56 | developers-desc=Binne jo in ûntwikkeler en klinkt Pontoon ynteressant? Dan is hjir in oantal handige keppelingen:
57 | implement=Brûk Pontoon op jo eigen website
58 | implement-desc=Foegje in skript ta oan jo side, en jo binne al hast klear
59 | github=Hack it op GitHub
60 | github-desc=Pontoon is fergees en iepen boarne
61 | by-mozilla=Fan in fertroud team
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Makke troch deselde non-profitorganisaasje dy't Firefox makket
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Makke troch Mozilla
66 | join-us=Doch mei
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/fy/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/fy/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ga-IE/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ga-IE/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ga/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ga/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ga/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gd/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/gd/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gd/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Ro-ràdh Pontoon
5 | navigation-what=gu dè?
6 | navigation-how=ciamar
7 | navigation-more=barrachd
8 | navigation-developers=luchd-leasachaidh
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Pontoon le Mozilla
12 | headline-1=Cuir gàidhlig air an lìon.
13 | headline-2=Far a bheil e ann.
14 | call-to-action=innis dhomh barrachd
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Dè th’ ann am Pontoon?
18 |
19 | # How
20 |
21 | # More
22 |
23 | # Developers
24 |
25 | # Footer
26 |
27 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gl/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/gl/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gl/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Introdución a Pontoon
5 | navigation-what=Que é
6 | navigation-how=Cómo
7 | navigation-more=Máis
8 | navigation-developers=Desenvolvedores
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Pontoon de Mozilla
12 | headline-1=Localiza a Web,
13 | headline-2=na web.
14 | call-to-action=Máis información
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Que é Pontoon?
18 | what-desc=Pontoon permítelle localizar o contido web no seu sitio, co contexto e as limitacións de espazo diante súa.
19 | context=Entenda o contexto
20 | context-desc=Ao localizar unha web dende a propia páxina, xa non ten que preocuparse por intuír se a palabra que está a traducir é un verbo ou un nome.
21 | space=Revisa a limitación espacial
22 | preview=Previsualiza ao momento
23 | preview-desc=O texto orixinal é substituído no momento que envía a tradución, converténdoo na primeira persoa que o revisa e comproba.
24 |
25 | # How
26 | how-title=Como funciona?
27 | how-desc=Pontoon é unha ferramenta moi sinxela e intuitiva que require pouca ou ningunha destreza técnica para o uso por tradutores.
28 | select=Seleccione
29 | select-sub=un bloque de texto
30 | translate=Traduza
31 | translate-sub=o texto seleccionado
32 | save=Garde
33 | save-sub=a súa tradución
34 | profit=Saber máis
35 |
36 | # More
37 | more-title=Que máis se pode facer?
38 | qa=Controis de calidade
39 |
40 | # Developers
41 |
42 | # Footer
43 |
44 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gn/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/gn/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gn/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Moñe’ẽasa he'isetéva Pontoon pegua
3 | main-title=Pontoon Mozilla mba'éva
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Moñe’ẽasa he'isetéva
7 | headline-1=Eñe'ẽasa oĩva ñandutivevépe.
8 | headline-2=Reimehaite guive.
9 | call-to-action=Eremive chéve
10 |
11 | # What
12 | context=Eikũmby he'iséva
13 | context-desc=Rereko jave ne renondépe ñandutirogue rembohasáva ne ñe'ẽme, hesakãporãvéta ndéve he'iséva ñe'ẽnguéra.
14 | space=Ehecha mboy pevépa ipukukuaa rehaíva
15 | space-desc=Anive haḡua opyta vai jehai ipukuetereígui, rehechakuaa mboy pevépa ipukukuaa rehaíva reñe'ẽasa jave.
16 | preview=Ehecha pya'e porã mba'éichapa opytáta
17 | preview-desc=Remondo rire peteĩ ñe'ẽasa, oñemyengoviáma ñe'ẽ oĩva ñandutiroguépe, péicha rupi ehechakuaáma opyta porãtapa térã nahániri.
18 |
19 | # How
20 | how-title=Mba'éichapa oiko?
21 | hover=Ejere chugui
22 | hover-sub=ñandutiveve jehai ári
23 | hover-desc=Emomýi ne anguja teratee ári, ýrõ joajuha, haipyvo ha ambueveichagua jehai ári ko ñandutiroguépe. Umíva ári osẽta ndéve peteĩ ykerundy hembe'y sosóva, péicha reikuaáta mba'e ñe'ẽpa rembohasakuaa.
24 | select=Eiporavo
25 | select-sub=haipyvo
26 | select-desc=Peteĩ tembipuru renda osẽta ndéve yvate gotyo tysýi soso ári, upéva rupive eiporavokuaa jehai pehẽ remba'aposévare. Upevarã eikutukuaa votõme he'ihápe Mbosako'i oĩva tembipuru rendápe ýrõ eikutujo'a reipotahápe tysýi soso ryepýpe.
27 | translate=Eñe'ẽasa
28 | translate-sub=eiporavo jehai
29 | translate-desc=Eike vove teko ñembosako'ípe, oñembosa'ypaitéta jehai. Upépema Eñepyrũkuaa ehai ñe'ẽasa rehecha aja jehai ypykue ha mavei rehecha aja mba'éichaite pevépa ipukukuaa.
30 | save=Eñongatu
31 | save-sub=ne ñe'ẽasakue
32 | save-desc=Ndéve ḡuarã oĩmbámavaicha ñe'ẽasa, ikatúma reñongatu ejopývo taiha Enter ýrõ eikutúvo votõ Eñongatúpe oĩva tembipuru rendápe. Esẽ haḡua teko ñembosako'ígui eñongatu'ỹre rehaiva'ekue, ejopy taiha ESC ýrõ eikutu ta'ãngachu'i Jehejápe oĩva tembipuru rendápe.
33 |
34 | # Footer
35 | author=Ojapóva Mozilla
36 | join-us=Eike orendive
37 |
38 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gu-IN/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/gu-IN/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/gu-IN/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon પરિચય
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon નો પરિચય
6 | navigation-what=શું
7 | navigation-how=કેવી રીતે
8 | navigation-more=વધું
9 | navigation-developers=વિકાસકર્તા
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=મોઝિલા દ્વારા Pontoon
13 | headline-1=વેબ સ્થાનિક બનાવો.
14 | headline-2=જગ્યાએ.
15 | call-to-action=મને વધુ જણાવો
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon શું છે?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon તમને યોગ્ય તમારી સામે સંદર્ભ અને અવકાશી મર્યાદાઓ સાથે જગ્યાએ વેબ સામગ્રી સ્થાનીકરણ કરવા માટે પરવાનગી આપે.
20 | context=સમજો સંદર્ભ
21 | context-desc=પાનું જાતે વેબ પાનું પ્રાદેશિક ભાષામાં કરીને, તમે લાંબા સમય સુધી ચિંતા કરવાની જરૂર નથી જો શબ્દનો અનુવાદ એક ક્રિયાપદ અથવા વ્યાકરણ છે.
22 | space=અવકાશી મર્યાદાઓ જુઓ
23 | space-desc=વપરાશકર્તા ઈન્ટરફેસ ભંગ ટાળવા જોવો કેટલી જગ્યા તમારી અનુવાદ માટે છે, કે જે એપ્લિકેશન્સ સાથે ખાસ કરીને ઉપયોગી છે.
24 | preview=તાત્કાલિક પૂર્વદર્શન મેળવો
25 | preview-desc=તમે જે ક્ષણે અનુવાદ સબમિટ કરો, તે વેબ પાનું મૂળ લખાણ બદલે, તમને પ્રથમ પ્રૂફરીડર અને પરીક્ષક બનાવે છે.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=તે કેવી રીતે કામ કરે છે?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon ખૂબ જ સરળ અને સાહજિક સાધન સ્થાનિક બનાવવનારા ઉપયોગ કરવા માટે થોડી કે કોઈ ટેકનિકલ કુશળતા જરૂરી છે.
30 | hover=હૉવર
31 | hover-sub=વેબ સામગ્રી પર
32 | hover-desc=હેડિંગ, લિંક્સ, ફકરા અથવા અન્ય લખાણ બ્લોક્સ આ પૃષ્ઠ પર તમારા માઉસ દ્વારા ખસેડો. ત્રુટક લંબચોરસ આ બ્લોકની દરેક આસપાસ દેખાય છે, શબ્દમાળાઓ કે પાનું પર જાતે સ્થાનિકીકરણ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ છે ચિહ્નિત થશે.
33 | select=પસંદગી
34 | select-sub=લખાણ બ્લોક
35 | select-desc=ટૂલબાર રેખાઓ લંબચોરસ ઉપર દેખાય છે, તમને સંપાદન માટે અનુરૂપ લખાણ બ્લોક પસંદ કરવા માટે પરવાનગી આપે છે. આવું કરવા માટે, ક્યાં તો ટૂલબાર માં ફેરફાર બટન પર ક્લિક કરો, અથવા રેખાઓ સરહદ અંદર ગમે ત્યાં ડબલ ક્લિક કરો.
36 | translate=અનુવાદ
37 | translate-sub=પસંદ કરેલ લખાણ
38 | translate-desc=જ્યારે તમે સંપાદન સ્થિતિમાં દાખલ થાઓ, સમગ્ર લખાણ બ્લોક પસંદ કરવામાં આવશે. જ્યારે તમે તમારા સ્રોત શબ્દમાળા ચોક્કસ સંદર્ભમાં જોઈ તરત જ તમારા અનુવાદ લખીને શરૂ કરી શકો છો અને કેટલી જગ્યા તમારી અનુવાદ માટે ઉપલબ્ધ છે.
39 | save=સાચવો
40 | save-sub=તમારા અનુવાદ
41 | save-desc=જલદી તમે તમારી ભાષાંતર સાથે ખુશ થાઓ, તો તમે તેને દબાવીને દાખલ કરો અથવા ટૂલબાર ચિહ્ન સેવ પર ક્લિક કરીને સેવ કરી શકો છો. બચત ફેરફારો, Esc દબાવો વગર અનુવાદ સ્થિતિ છોડી અથવા ટૂલબાર માં રદ ચિહ્ન પર ક્લિક કરો.
42 | profit=વધુ શીખો
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=તમે બીજું શું કરી શકો છો?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon's સ્થળ અનુવાદ સ્થિતિમાં અન્ય ઉપર તે મૂકે છે, પરંતુ તે પણ અન્ય ઘણા લાભો છે.
47 | qa=ગુણવત્તા ચકાસો
48 | qa-desc=ભાષાંતરો આપોઆપ બચત પહેલાં ગુણવત્તા માટે સમીક્ષા કરવામાં આવે છે
49 | helpers=અનુવાદ મદદગારો
50 | helpers-desc=અનુવાદ મેમરી, મશીન અનુવાદ અને પસંદ મદદ મેળવો
51 | plurals=બહુવચન આધાર
52 | plurals-desc=બહુવચનના સાથે શબ્દો બધા બહુવચન તમારી ભાષામાં ઉપલબ્ધ સ્વરૂપો ભાષાંતર કરી શકો છો
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=સામેલ કરો
56 | developers-desc=જો તમે વિકાસકર્તા, Pontoonમાં રસ છે? તે માટે તૈયાર છે.
57 | implement=તમારી સાઇટ પર સક્રિય કરો
58 | implement-desc=સ્ક્રિપ્ટ ઉમેરો અને તમે માર્ગ પર છો
59 | github=GitHub પર હૅક કરો
60 | github-desc=તે સંપૂર્ણપણે મફત અને ઓપન સોર્સ છે
61 | by-mozilla=કોઈ દ્વારા તમને વિશ્વાસ
62 | by-mozilla-desc=ફાયરફોક્સ પાછળ બિન નફાકારક દ્વારા વિકસિત
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=મોઝિલા દ્વારા રચાયેલા
66 | join-us=અમારી સાથે જોડાવ
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ha/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ha/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/he/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/he/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/he/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=מבוא לפונטון
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=מבוא לפונטון
6 | navigation-what=מה
7 | navigation-how=איך
8 | navigation-more=עוד
9 | navigation-developers=מפתחים
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=פונטון של מוזילה
13 | headline-1=תרגמו את המרשתת.
14 | headline-2=במקום.
15 | call-to-action=ספרו לי עוד
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=מה זה פונטון?
19 | what-desc=פונטון מאפשר לך לתרגם תוכן רשת בַּמָּקוֹם, עם התוכן ומגבלות הרוחב מול העיניים.
20 | context=להבין את ההקשר
21 | context-desc=באמצעות תרגום הדף על הדף עצמו אין לך עוד צורך לדאוג אם המילה היא פועל או שם עצם.
22 | space=לראות את מגבלות החלל
23 | space-desc=כאן אפשר להימנע משבירת הממשק כי אפשר לראות כמה מקום יש לתרגום שלך, וזה שימושי במיוחד עם יישומים.
24 | preview=קבלו תצוגה מקדימה מידית
25 | preview-desc=מיד אחרי שליחת התרגום, הוא מחליף את הטקסט המקורי בדף, ומאפשר לך לעשות הגהה ובדיקות.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=איך זה עובד?
29 | how-desc=פונטון הוא כלי קל ואינטואיטיבי מאוד, שדורש מעט כישורים טכניים ממתרגמים.
30 | hover=מעבר עכבר
31 | hover-sub=מעל תוכן
32 | hover-desc=העבר את העכבר מעל כותרות, קישורים, פסקאות או בלוקים אחרים של טקסט בדף הזה. מלבן מקווקו יופיע מסביב לבלוקים האלה, ויסמן מחרוזות שזמינות לתרגום בדף עצמו.
33 | select=בחירת
34 | select-sub=גוש טקסט
35 | select-desc=סרגל כלים יופיע מעל הריבוע המרוסק, סרגל זה יאפשר לך לבחור את מקטע הטקסט לעריכה. כדי לעשות זאת, ניתן ללחוץ על כפתור העריכה בסרגל הכלים או ללחוץ לחיצה כפולה במקום כלשהו בתוך המסגרת המרוסקת.
36 | translate=תרגום
37 | translate-sub=הטקסט הנבחר
38 | translate-desc=בעת כניסה למצב עריכה, כל מקטע הטקסט ייבחר. ניתן להתחיל להקליד את התרגום שלך באופן מיידי בעוד הקשר המקור מופיע לנגד עיניך לרבות התאמה למקום הזמין לתרגום.
39 | save=שמירת
40 | save-sub=התרגום שלך
41 | save-desc=ברגע שהתרגום שלך נושא חן בעיניך, ניתן לשמור אותו על ידי לחיצה על Enter או על כפתור השמירה בסרגל הכלים. כדי לצאת ממצב תרגום מבלי לשמור את השינויים יש ללחוץ על Esc או על כפתור הביטול בסרגל הכלים.
42 | profit=מידע נוסף
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=מה עוד הכלי יכול לעשות?
46 | more-desc=מצב התרגום בו במקום של פונטון הוא ערך שמציב אותו מעל למתחרים, אך יש למצב זה יתרונות רבים נוספים.
47 | qa=בדיקות איכות
48 | qa-desc=איכות התרגומים תיבדק אוטומטית לפני השמירה
49 | helpers=סייעני תרגום
50 | helpers-desc=קבלת סיוע מזיכרון תרגום, תרגום מכונה וכדומה
51 | plurals=תמיכה בלשון רבים
52 | plurals-desc=מחרוזות עם צורות רבים ניתנות לתרגום לכל צורות הרבים הזמינות בשפתך
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=השתתפות
56 | developers-desc=יש לך רקע בפיתוח ועניין בפונטון? ישנן מגוון דרכים ללכלך את הידיים.
57 | implement=איך להפעיל את זה באתר שלך
58 | implement-desc=עם הוספת התסריט כבר עברת כברת דרך משמעותית
59 | github=שפרו את הקוד ב־GitHub
60 | github-desc=זה לגמרי חופשי וקוד פתוח
61 | by-mozilla=מאת מישהו מהימן
62 | by-mozilla-desc=פותח על־ידי המלכ״ר שמאחורי Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=נוצר בידי מוזילה
66 | join-us=הצטרפו אלינו
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hi-IN/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/hi-IN/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hi-IN/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=pontoon परिचय
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon परिचय
6 | navigation-what=क्या
7 | navigation-how=कैसे
8 | navigation-more=अधिक
9 | navigation-developers=डेवलपर्स
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla के द्वारा Pontoon
13 | headline-1=वेब को स्थानीय बनायें
14 | headline-2=वेब पर ही
15 | call-to-action=और जानें
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon क्या है ?
19 | what-desc=पॉन्टून आपको वेब सामग्री का स्थानरूप और संदर्भित स्थानीयकरण करने की सुविधा प्रदान करता है.
20 | context=सन्दर्भ समझिए
21 | context-desc=वेब पेज को पेज में ही अनुवादित करने से आपको अनुवादित शब्द के क्रिया या संज्ञा होने के बारे चिंतित होने की आवश्यकता नहीं है.
22 | space=स्थान की सीमायें
23 | space-desc=चूँकि आप जगह का पूर्वलोकन अनुवाद से पहले ही कर सकते हैं, आप यूजर इंटरफ़ेस ख़राब करने से बच सकते हैं.
24 | preview=तुरंत पूर्वावलोकन
25 | preview-desc=अनुवाद करते ही अनुवादित पाठ मूल पाठ की जगह ले लेता है इससे आपको अपने अनुवाद को सही करने और जांच करने में आसानी होती है.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=ये कैसे काम करता है?
29 | how-desc=पॉन्टून अनुवादकों के लिए सरल और सहज ज्ञान आधारित साधन है जिसके लिए नहीं के बराबर टेक्निकल ज्ञान की आवश्यकता है.
30 | hover=मंडराना
31 | hover-sub=वेब सामग्री पर
32 | hover-desc=इस पृष्ठ पर शीर्षकों, लिंक, पैराग्राफ या अन्य पाठ ब्लॉक पर अपने माउस ले जाएँ. एक टकराया आयत पृष्ठ पर ही स्थानीयकरण के लिए उपलब्ध हैं कि तार अंकन, इन ब्लॉकों में से प्रत्येक के आसपास दिखाई देगा.
33 | select=चुनना
34 | select-sub=एक पाठ ब्लॉक
35 | select-desc=एक उपकरण पट्टी आप संपादन के लिए इसी पाठ ब्लॉक का चयन करने के लिए अनुमति धराशायी आयत ऊपर दिखाई देता है. ऐसा करने के लिए, उपकरण पट्टी में संपादित करें बटन पर क्लिक करें, या तो या धराशायी सीमा के अंदर कहीं भी डबल क्लिक करें.
36 | translate=अनुवाद
37 | translate-sub=चयनित पाठ
38 | translate-desc=आप संपादन मोड में प्रवेश करते हैं, तो पूरे पाठ ब्लॉक का चयन किया जाएगा. आप अपने स्रोत स्ट्रिंग का सही संदर्भ देखकर जबकि तुरंत अपने अनुवाद टाइपिंग शुरू करने और कितनी जगह अपने अनुवाद के लिए उपलब्ध है सकते हैं.
39 | save=सहेजें
40 | save-sub=अपने अनुवाद
41 | save-desc=जैसे ही आप अपने अनुवाद के साथ खुश हैं, जैसा कि आप दर्ज दबाने या उपकरण पट्टी में आइकन को बचाने पर क्लिक करके इसे बचा सकते हैं. बचत परिवर्तन, प्रेस ईएससी के बिना अनुवाद मोड से बाहर निकलें या उपकरण पट्टी में रद्द आइकन पर क्लिक करें.
42 | profit=और अधिक जानें
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=यह और क्या कर सकते हैं?
46 | more-desc=पीपे का पुल की जगह में अनुवाद मोड दूसरों के ऊपर डालता क्या है, लेकिन यह भी कई अन्य लाभ है.
47 | qa=गुणवत्ता की जांच
48 | qa-desc=अनुवाद स्वचालित रूप से सहेजने से पहले गुणवत्ता के लिए समीक्षा कर रहे हैं
49 | helpers=अनुवाद सहायकों
50 | helpers-desc=अनुवाद स्मृति, मशीन अनुवाद और पसंद से सहायता प्राप्त करें
51 | plurals=बहुवचन समर्थन
52 | plurals-desc=बहुवचन के साथ तार अपनी भाषाओं में उपलब्ध सभी बहुवचन रूप में अनुवाद किया जा सकता है
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=उलझना
56 | developers-desc=आप पोंटून में रुचि रखते हैं, एक डेवलपर हैं? अपने हाथ गंदे पाने के लिए तरीके के बहुत सारे हैं.
57 | implement=अपनी साइट पर सक्रिय
58 | implement-desc=एक स्क्रिप्ट जोड़ें और तुम आधे रास्ते के माध्यम से कर रहे हैं
59 | github=Github पर इसे हैक
60 | github-desc=यह पूरी तरह से स्वतंत्र और खुला स्रोत है
61 | by-mozilla=किसी के द्वारा तुम पर भरोसा
62 | by-mozilla-desc=फ़ायरफ़ॉक्स के पीछे गैर लाभ द्वारा विकसित
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=मोज़िला द्वारा तैयार की जाती है
66 | join-us=हमसे जुड़ें
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hr/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/hr/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hr/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Uvod u Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Uvod u Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Što
7 | navigation-how=Kako
8 | navigation-more=Više
9 | navigation-developers=Developeri
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Ponton od Mozille
13 | headline-1=Lokaliziraj web.
14 | headline-2=Na licu mjesta.
15 | call-to-action=Reci mi više
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Što je Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon dopušta lokalizaciju web sadržaja na licu mjesta, uz pomoć konteksta i uvida u prostorna ograničenja.
20 | context=Razumij kontekst
21 | context-desc=Lokalizacijom web-stranice na samoj stranici, više ne morate brinuti ako je riječ koju prevodite glagol ili imenica.
22 | space=Uvid u prostorna ograničenja
23 | space-desc=Izbjegavajte razbijanje korisničkog sučelja time što vidite koliko je još prostora dostupno za prijevod, što je vrlo korisno s aplikacijama.
24 | preview=Dinamičan pregled
25 | preview-desc=U trenutku kada podnesete prijevod, izvorni tekst na web-stranici se izmjenjuje, što Vas čini lektorom i testerom.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Kako funkcionira?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon je vrlo jednostavan i intuitivan alat koji od lokalizera ne zahtjeva ili zahtjeva malo tehničke vještine za korištenje.
30 | hover=Pređite mišem
31 | hover-sub=preko web sadržaja
32 | hover-desc=Pomaknite vaš miš preko naslova, linkova, odlomaka ili drugih tekstualnih blokova na ovoj stranici. Iscrtkani pravokutnik će se pojaviti oko svakog bloka, obilježavajući tako riječi koje su dostupne za lokalizaciju na samoj stranici.
33 | select=Odaberite
34 | select-sub=tekstualni blok
35 | select-desc=Alatna traka će se pojaviti iznad iscrtkanog pravokutnika dopuštajući vam da odaberete odgovarajući tekstualni blok za uređivanje. Da to učinite, kliknite na gumb Uredi ili kliknite bilo gdje unutar iscrtkane granice.
36 | translate=Prevedite
37 | translate-sub=označeni tekst
38 | translate-desc=Kada ste u načinu uređivanja kompletan tekstualni blok će biti odabran. Možete početi pisati vaš prijevod odmah dok vidite točno u kontekstu izvorne riječi i koliko je vizualno mjesta dostupno za prijevod.
39 | save=Spremite
40 | save-sub=Vaš prijevod
41 | save-desc=Kada ste zadovoljni sa vašim prijevodom, možete ga spremiti pritiskom na tipku Enter ili kliknite ikonu za spremanje u alatnoj traci. Kako bi izašli iz načina prijevoda bez spremanja, pritisnite tipku Esc ili kliknite ikonu za prekid u alatnoj traci.
42 | profit=Saznajte više
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Što još može činiti?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon-ov direktan način prevođenja je ono što ga stavlja ispred ostalih, ali ima i mnogo drugih pogodnosti.
47 | qa=Provjere kvalitete
48 | qa-desc=Kvaliteta prijevoda je automatski provjerena prije spremanja
49 | helpers=Pomagači u prijevodu
50 | helpers-desc=Zatražite pomoć iz memorije prijevoda, strojnog prevođenja i sličnog
51 | plurals=Podrška množine
52 | plurals-desc=Riječi sa množinom mogu biti prevedene u svim oblicima dostupnih u vašem jeziku
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Uključite se
56 | developers-desc=Developer ste koji se zanima u Pontoon? Ima mnogo načina da se pozabavite.
57 | implement=Omogućite ga na Vašoj stranici
58 | implement-desc=Dodajte skriptu i već ste na pola puta
59 | github=Hakirajte ga na GitHub-u
60 | github-desc=Potpuno je besplatan i otvorenog je kôda
61 | by-mozilla=Od nekoga kome vjerujete
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Razvijeno od neprofitne organizacije koja stoji iza Firefoxa
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Izrađeno od Mozille
66 | join-us=Pridruži nam se
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hsb/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/hsb/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ht/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ht/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ht/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hu/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/hu/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hu/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=A Pontoon bemutatása
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=A Pontoon bemutatása
6 | navigation-what=Mit
7 | navigation-how=Hogyan
8 | navigation-more=Több
9 | navigation-developers=Fejlesztőknek
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon a Mozillától
13 | headline-1=A web honosítása.
14 | headline-2=helyben.
15 | call-to-action=További részletek
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Mi az a Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=A Pontoonnal a webes tartalom helyben fordítható, rögtön látva a kontextust és a rendelkezésre álló helyet.
20 | context=Értse meg a kontextust
21 | context-desc=A webes tartalom helyben fordításával nem kell többé azért aggódnia, hogy a lefordítandó szó ige vagy főnév.
22 | space=Lássa a rendelkezésre álló helyet
23 | space-desc=Látja, hogy mennyi hely áll rendelkezésre a fordításra, hogy ne törje meg a felhasználói felületet, ami különösen hasznos az alkalmazásoknál.
24 | preview=Azonnali előnézet
25 | preview-desc=Amint elküldi a fordítást, az lecseréli az eredeti szöveget az oldalon, így az első korrektor és tesztelő lehet.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Hogyan működik?
29 | how-desc=A Pontoon egy nagyon egyszerű és intuitív eszköz, a használata nem igényel technikai előképzettséget a fordítóktól.
30 | hover=Mutasson
31 | hover-sub=rá a webes tartalomra
32 | hover-desc=Ezen az oldalon vigye az egérkurzort a címsorok, hivatkozások, bekezdés vagy más szöveg fölé. Egy szaggatott keretű téglalap jelenik meg ezek körül a blokkok körül, kijelölve a fordítandó szövegrészt és a rendelkezésre álló helyet.
33 | select=Jelöljön ki
34 | select-sub=egy szövegblokkot
35 | select-desc=Egy eszköztár jelenik meg a szaggatott négyszög felett, lehetővé téve a szövegrész szerkesztését. Szerkesztéshez nyomja meg a ceruza ikont vagy kattintson bárhova a szaggatott kereten belül.
36 | translate=Fordítsa
37 | translate-sub=a kijelölt szöveget
38 | translate-desc=Mikor szerkesztőmódba lép, a teljes szövegrészt kijelöli. Máris elkezdheti gépelni fordítását, miközben a forrásszöveget is látja és hogy mennyi hely áll rendelkezésére.
39 | save=Mentse
40 | save-sub=fordítását
41 | save-desc=Amint elégedett fordításával, mentheti azt Enter lenyomásával vagy az eszköztárban a mentés ikonra kattintva. Kilépni mentés nélkül Esc lenyomásával vagy az eszköztárban a Mégse ikonra kattintva lehet.
42 | profit=Tudjon meg többet
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Mire képes még?
46 | more-desc=A Pontoont helyben fordítása helyezi mások fölé, de sok más előnye is van.
47 | qa=Minőség ellenőrzése
48 | qa-desc=A fordításokat automatikusan ellenőrzi mentés előtt
49 | helpers=Fordítási segítség
50 | helpers-desc=Kérjen segítséget: fordítói memória, gépi fordítás és hasonlók
51 | plurals=Többes szám támogatása
52 | plurals-desc=A többes számmal is rendelkező karakterláncok lefordíthatóak az Ön nyelvének többes számú alakjaira
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Vegyen részt
56 | developers-desc=Ön fejlesztő és érdekli a Pontoon? Sokféle módja van a részvételnek, tűrje fel az ingujját!
57 | implement=Helyezze el oldalán
58 | implement-desc=Adjon hozzá egy parancsfájlt és félig készen is van
59 | github=Hackelje a GitHubon
60 | github-desc=Teljes egészében ingyenes és nyílt forráskódú
61 | by-mozilla=Olyantól, akiben megbízik
62 | by-mozilla-desc=A Firefox mögött álló non-profit közösség fejlesztése
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=A Mozilla szakértelmével
66 | join-us=Csatlakozzon
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hus/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Wilk'ix jant'ini' u eyendháb ti Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon ts'ejkadh k'al Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Wilk'ix jant'ini' u eyendháb
7 | headline-1=Ka wilk'iyat an web.
8 | headline-2=Jant'in eynal
9 | call-to-action=U leyej ku exla'
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=¿Jant'ini' jats jnat'in u eynal?
13 |
14 | # How
15 |
16 | # Footer
17 | join-us=Kit tamkun k'al wawá'
18 |
19 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hy-AM/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/hy-AM/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/hy-AM/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | upper-title=Pontoon-ը Mozilla-ի կողմից
7 |
8 | # What
9 |
10 | # How
11 |
12 | # More
13 |
14 | # Developers
15 |
16 | # Footer
17 |
18 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ia/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Localisation contextual in Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon de Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Localisation contextual
7 | headline-1=Localisa le web.
8 | headline-2=In loco.
9 | call-to-action=Conta me plus
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Que es le localisation contextual?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Illo te permitte localisar le contento web in le sito mesme, con le contexto e le limitationes spatial ben visibile.
14 | context=Comprender le contexto
15 | context-desc=Localisante un pagina web sur le pagina mesme, tu sapera facilemente ab le contexto si le parola que tu traduce es un verbo o un substantivo.
16 | space=Vide le limitationes spatial
17 | space-desc=Vider quante spatio es disponibile pro tu traductiones te adjuta a evitar de damnificar le interfacie del usator. Isto es utile in particular pro le applicationes.
18 | preview=Obtene instantaneemente vistas preliminar
19 | preview-desc=Quando tu submitte le traduction, illo reimplacia le texto original in le pagina web, faciente te le prime revisor e corrector.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Como functiona illo?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Le localisation contextual es un instrumento multo simple e intuitive que require quasi nulle competentia technic del localisatores que lo usa.
24 | hover=Passa le mus
25 | hover-sub=super le contento web
26 | hover-desc=Move tu mus super le titulos, ligamines, paragraphos o altere blocos de texto in iste pagina. Un rectangulo a strias apparera circum cata un de iste blocos, marcante le catenas de characteres que es disponibile pro localisation in le proprie pagina.
27 | select=Selectiona
28 | select-sub=un bloco de texto
29 | select-desc=Un barra de instrumentos appare super le rectangulo a strias, que te permitte seliger le bloco de texto correspondente pro modificar lo. Pro facer lo, clicca sur le button Modificar del barra de instrumentos, o face clic duple sur un loco qualcunque intra le bordo a strias.
30 | translate=Traduce
31 | translate-sub=le texto selectionate
32 | translate-desc=Quando tu entra in modo de modification, tote le bloco de texto essera selectionate. Tu pote comenciar a scriber le traduction immediatemente, vidente le contexto exacte del texto fonte e quante spatio es disponibile pro le traduction.
33 | save=Salva
34 | save-sub=tu traduction
35 | save-desc=Si tosto que tu es contente con vostre traduction, vos pote salvar lo pulsante Enter o cliccante le icone salvar in le barra de utensiles. Pro quitar le modo traduction sin salvar le modificationes, pulsa Esc o clicca le icone cancellar in le barra de utensiles.
36 | that-is-it=Es tanto simple!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Create per Mozilla
40 | join-us=Adjunge te a nos
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/id/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/id/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/id/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Pelokalan sesuai konteks dalam Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon oleh Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Pelokalan sesuai konteks
7 | headline-1=Pelokalan Web,
8 | headline-2=Langsung di sini.
9 | call-to-action=Informasi Selengkapnya
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Apakah pelokalan sesuai konteks itu?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Pelokalan yang memungkinkan Anda melokalkan konten web secara teratur, dengan konteks dan keterbatasan ruang di hadapan Anda
14 | context=Pahami konteks
15 | context-desc=Dengan menerjemahkan laman web langsung di laman itu sendiri, Anda tidak perlu lagi khawatir membedakan antara kata yang termasuk verba dan nomina.
16 | space=Lihat keterbatasan ruang
17 | space-desc=Hindari merusak antarmuka dengan melihat seberapa banyak ruang tersedia untuk terjemahan Anda, yang terutama berguna dengan aplikasi.
18 | preview=Pratinjau seketika
19 | preview-desc=Saat Anda mengirim terjemahan, ini menggantikan teks asli di halaman web, membuat Anda menjadi penguji dan pengoreksi pertama.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Bagaimana cara ini bekerja?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Pelokalan sesuai konteks adalah alat yang sangat sederhana dan intuitif yang tidak atau sangat sedikit memerlukan kemampuan teknis dari para pelokal.
24 | hover=Layangkan
25 | hover-sub=di atas konten web
26 | hover-desc=Gerakkan tetikus Anda di atas tajuk, tautan, paragraf, atau blok teks lainnya di laman ini. Kotak putus-putus akan muncul di sekeliling blok teks, menandai string yang dapat dilokalisasi untuk laman tersebut.
27 | select=Pilih
28 | select-sub=blok teks
29 | select-desc=Bilah alat muncul di atas persegi panjang putus-putus, memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih blok teks tertentu untuk diedit. Untuk melakukannya, klik tombol Edit di bilah alat, atau klik dua kali di mana saja dalam garis putus-putus.
30 | translate=Terjemahkan
31 | translate-sub=teks yang dipilih
32 | translate-desc=Saat Anda memasuki mode edit, seluruh blok teks akan terpilih. Anda dapat langsung mengetik terjemahan Anda sambil melihat konteks teks aslinya dan berapa banyak ruang tersedia untuk terjemahan Anda.
33 | save=Simpan
34 | save-sub=terjemahan Anda
35 | save-desc=Setelah Anda puas dengan terjemahan Anda, Anda dapat menyimpannya dengan menekan Enter atau mengklik ikon simpan di bilah alat. Untuk keluar dari mode terjemahan tanpa menyimpan pergantian, tekan Esc atau klik ikon batal di bilah alat.
36 | that-is-it=Itu saja!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Dibuat oleh Mozilla
40 | join-us=Mari bergabung
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ig/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ig/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ilo/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ilo/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/is/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/is/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/is/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Kynning á Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Kynning á Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Hvað
7 | navigation-how=Hvernig
8 | navigation-more=Meira
9 | navigation-developers=Forritarar
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon frá Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Staðfæra vefinn
14 | headline-2=í rauntíma
15 | call-to-action=Segðu mér meira
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Hvað er Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon leyfir þér að staðhæfa vefefni í rauntíma, í samhengi og með rúmfræðilegra takmarka fyrir framan þig.
20 | context=Skilja samhengið
21 | context-desc=Þú þarft ekki lengur að hafa áhyggjur af því að orð sé sagnorð eða nafnorð þegar þú staðhæfir vefsvæði á sjálfri síðunni.
22 | space=Sjá rúmfræðilegar takmarkanir
23 | space-desc=Auðvelt að komast hjá því að skemma notendaviðmót með því að sjá hversu mikið pláss er til staðar fyrir þýðingu þíðna, sem er sérlega hjálplegt þegar verið er að þróa smáforrit.
24 | preview=Fá kynningu strax
25 | preview-desc=Þýðingin þín birtist samstundis í stað upprunalega tungumálsins sem gerir þér kleift að rýna og prófa í rauntíma.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Hvernig er virknin?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon er mjög auðvelt tól sem krefst lítillar eða engrar tæknilegrar þekkingar af hendi þýðenda.
30 | hover=Sveima
31 | hover-sub=yfir vefgögn
32 | hover-desc=Færðu músarbendilinn yfir fyrirsagnir, tengla, málsgreinar eða aðra hluta af texta á þessari blaðsíðu. Rétthyrningur með brotalínu mun birtast í kringum sérhvern hluta og auðkenna texta sem hægt er að staðhæfa á sjálfri síðunni.
33 | select=Velja
34 | select-sub=hluta af texta
35 | select-desc=Tækjaslá birtist fyrir ofan ferhyrninginn með brotalínunni og þar getur þú valið viðeigandi texta til að þýða. Það er gert með því að smella annað hvort á Edit hnappinn í stikunni eða tvísmella hvar sem er innan við brotalínu rammann.
36 | translate=Þýða
37 | translate-sub=valinn texti
38 | translate-desc=Allur textinn verður valinn þegar þú ferð í ritham. Þú getur hafist handa við að rita þýðingu þína samstundis og séð nákvæmlega samhengi upprunalega textans og hversu mikið pláss þú hefur fyrir þinn texta.
39 | save=Vista
40 | save-sub=þín þýðing
41 | save-desc=Þú getur smellt á Enter eða smellt á vista íkonið í tækjaslánni um leið og þú ert ánægð/ur með þýðinguna þína. Ýttu á Enter eða smelltu á hætta við íkonið í tækjaslánni til að fara úr ritham án þess að vista.
42 | profit=Fræðast meira
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Hvað annað er hægt að gera?
46 | more-desc=Rauntímaþýðing gerir Pontoon að mjög fýsilegum kosti sem þýðingartól en Pontoon hefur einnig marga aðra góða kosti.
47 | qa=Gæðaúttekt
48 | qa-desc=Þýðingar fara sjálfvirkt í gegnum gæðarýni áður en þær eru vistaðar
49 | helpers=Aðstoð fyrir þýðendur
50 | helpers-desc=Fáðu aðstoð frá þýðingarminni, vélþýðingu og öðru slíku
51 | plurals=Fleirtölu stuðningur
52 | plurals-desc=Strengir í fleirtölu er hægt að þýða á öll þau mismunandi form af fleirtölunni sem eru í tungumálinu þínu
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Taktu þátt
56 | developers-desc=Ert þú forritari sem hefur áhuga á Pontoon? Til eru margar leiðir til að taka til hendinni.
57 | implement=Virkja það á vefsvæðinu þínu
58 | implement-desc=Bættu við skriptu og þá ertu komin hálfa leið
59 | github=Fikta við á GitHub
60 | github-desc=Pontoon er algjörlega frítt og opinn hugbúnaður
61 | by-mozilla=Smíðað af þeim sem þú treystir
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Þróað af þeim standa á bakvið Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Hannað af Mozilla
66 | join-us=Vertu með okkur
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/it/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/it/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ja/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ja/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ja/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Pontoon による文脈に沿ったローカライズ
3 | main-title=Pontoon by Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=文脈に沿ったローカライズ
7 | headline-1=ウェブをローカライズ。
8 | headline-2=見たままの場所で。
9 | call-to-action=詳しく知る
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=文脈に沿ったローカライズとは？
13 | what-desc-in-context=Pontoon を使用すれば、文脈や空間の制限を実際に見て確認しながら、その場でウェブコンテンツをローカライズできます。
14 | context=文脈を理解する
15 | context-desc=ウェブページをそのままローカライズすることで、翻訳している単語が動詞か名詞かを心配する必要もなくなります。
16 | space=空間の制限を確認
17 | space-desc=翻訳で利用できる空間がどれぐらいあるか確認でき、ユーザーインタフェースが崩れるのを避けられます。特にアプリでは便利でしょう。
18 | preview=その場でプレビューを確認
19 | preview-desc=翻訳を投稿すると同時に、そのウェブページの元のテキストが置き換わります。あなた自身が校正者となりテストしてください。
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=動作の仕組みは？
23 | how-desc-in-context=文脈に沿ったローカライズは、技術的なスキルが少しだけあれば、あるいはまったくなくても使える、非常に簡単で直感的なローカライズツールです。
24 | hover=ウェブコンテンツに
25 | hover-sub=マウスカーソルを当てる
26 | hover-desc=見出し、リンク、段落など、このページのテキストブロック上にマウスを移動してください。点線で囲まれた長方形がそのブロックの周りに表示され、ページ上でローカライズできる文字列を示します。
27 | select=テキストブロックを
28 | select-sub=選択
29 | select-desc=点線で囲まれた長方形の上にツールバーが現れ、編集対象のテキストブロックを選択できます。編集するには、ツールバーの編集ボタンをクリックするか、点線の枠内をダブルクリックしてください。
30 | translate=選択されたテキストを
31 | translate-sub=翻訳
32 | translate-desc=編集モードに入ると、テキストブロック全体が選択されます。翻訳元の正しいコンテキストと翻訳に利用できる空間を見ながら、すぐに翻訳して入力できます。
33 | save=翻訳を
34 | save-sub=保存
35 | save-desc=翻訳した文章に満足したら、Enter キーを押すか、ツールバー上の保存アイコンをクリックして保存します。変更を保存せずに翻訳モードを終了するには、Esc キーを押すか、ツールバーのキャンセルアイコンをクリックします。
36 | that-is-it=以上です！
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Mozilla が開発しています
40 | join-us=参加する
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/jv/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon dening Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-0=Pertalan sajroning konteks
6 | headline-1=Nglokalaké wèbé.
7 | headline-2=Langsung ing kéné.
8 | call-to-action=Deleng Pepaké
9 |
10 | # What
11 | what-title-in-context=Apa ta pertalan sajroning konteks kuwi?
12 | context=Ngertèni kontèks
13 | context-desc=Kanthi nglokalaké kaca wèb langsung ing kacané, sampéyan ora prelu kuwatir yèn tembung kang sampéyan pertal iku tembung kriya utawa tembung aran.
14 | space=Deleng watesan panggonan
15 |
16 | # How
17 | select=Pilih
18 | translate=Pertal
19 | translate-sub=teks kapilih
20 | save=Simpen
21 | save-sub=pertalan sampéyan
22 | that-is-it=Ngono wae!
23 |
24 | # Footer
25 | author=Yasa déning Mozilla
26 | join-us=Ayo mèlu
27 |
28 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ka/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ka/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ka/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=ადგილზე თარგმნა Pontoon-ში
3 | main-title=Pontoon Mozilla-სგან
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=ადგილზე თარგმნა
7 | headline-1=თარგმნეთ საიტები.
8 | headline-2=ადგილზევე.
9 | call-to-action=ვრცლად
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=რა არის ადგილზე თარგმნა?
13 | what-desc-in-context=საშუალებას გაძლევთ თარგმნოთ გვერდის შიგთავსი ადგილზე, სადაც თქვენს თვალწინაა ტექსტის შინაარსიც და სივრცის საზღვრებიც.
14 | context=იგებთ შინაარსს
15 | context-desc=გვერდის ადგილზე თარგმნის შემთხვევაში, აღარ გიწევთ იმაზე ფიქრი, სათარგმნი სიტყვა ზმნა არის თუ სახელზმნა
16 | space=ხედავთ სივრცის საზღვრებს
17 | space-desc=გარკვევით ნახავთ, თუ რა ადგილს დაიკავებს ნათარგმნი ტექსტი, რითიც თავიდან აიცილებთ სამომხმარებლო გარემოს დარღვევებს, რაც მეტად მნიშვნელოვანია აპლიკაციებში.
18 | preview=ათვალიერებთ მაშინვე
19 | preview-desc=როგორც კი აგზავნით თარგმანს, მყისიერად იცვლება ორიგინალი ტექსტი, რითიც ხდებით ნათარგმნის პირველი შემმოწმებელი და გამომცდელი.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=როგორ მუშაობს?
23 | how-desc-in-context=ადგილზე თარგმნა მეტად მარტივი და ინტუიციური ხელსაწყოა, რომელიც გამოსაყენებლად მთარგმნელებისგან ტექნიკურ უნარ-ჩვევებს თითქმის არ მოითხოვს.
24 | hover=გადაატარეთ ისარი
25 | hover-sub=გვერდის შიგთავსზე
26 | hover-desc=მიუახლოვეთ თაგვის მანიშნებელი სათაურებს, ბმულებს ან ტექსტის ნაწილებს ამ გვერდზე. ირგვლივ გამოისახება წყვეტილი მართკუთხედი და მოინიშნება სათარგმნი ტექსტი.
27 | select=აირჩიეთ
28 | select-sub=სექცია
29 | select-desc=ხელსაწყოთა ზოლი წყვეტილი მართკუთხედის ზემოთ, საშუალებას გაძლევთ მონიშნოთ შესაბამისი ტექსტი ჩასასწორებლად. ამისთვის ან ჩასწორების ხატულას დააწექით, ან წყვეტილი არის შიგნით, სადმე ჩააწკაპეთ ორჯერ.
30 | translate=თარგმნეთ
31 | translate-sub=მონიშნული ტექსტი
32 | translate-desc=ჩასწორების რეჟიმზე გადასვლისას, მთლიანი ტექსტი მოინიშნება. შეგიძლიათ დაიწყოთ თარგმანის აკრეფა და თან თვალი ადევნოთ ტექსტის შინაარსს და დაკავებულ ადგილს.
33 | save=შეინახეთ
34 | save-sub=თქვენი თარგმანი
35 | save-desc=როგორც კი დაგაკმაყოფილებთ თქვენი ნათარგმნი, მისი შენახვა შეგეძლებათ Enter კლავიშზე დაწოლით ან შენახვის ხატულაზე დაწკაპებით. თარგმნის რეჟიმის ცვლილებების შენახვის გარეშე დასატოვებლად, დააწექით Esc კლავიშს ან გაუქმების ხატულას, ხელსაწყოთა ზოლზე.
36 | that-is-it=სულ ესაა!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=შექმნილია Mozilla-ს მიერ
40 | join-us=შემოგვიერთდით
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/kab/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Asideg deg umnaḍ deg Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon n Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Asideg dug umnaḍ
7 | headline-1=Sideg web.
8 | headline-2=Deg umḍiq.
9 | call-to-action=Ini-yi-d ugar
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=D acu-t usideg deg umnaḍ?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Ad ak-yeǧǧ ad tesidgeḍ web deg umkan-is, s umnaḍ-ines akked tlisa n teɣzi sdat-k.
14 | context=Gzu amnaḍ
15 | context-desc=S usuqel n usebter web, weṛǧin ad txemmed ma yella awal d amyag neɣ d isem.
16 | space=Wali tilisa n teɣzi n wawalen
17 | space-desc=Ur tessexsaṛeḍ ara agrudem n useqdac acku tettwalid tamnaṭ yettuḥeṛṛen i tsuqilt, d ayen yelhan aṭas i yesnasen.
18 | preview=Wali imir kan agmuḍ n tsuqilt
19 | preview-desc=Imir kan ticki tuzned tasuqilt, pontoon ad t-isnifel deg umnaḍ ines ɣef usebter web, ayen ara k-yeǧǧen d amezwaru deg useɣti akked ukayad n tsuqilt.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Amek i iteddu?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Asideg deg usatal d afecku fessusen, d akazan daɣen ur nesri ara tamussni tatiknikant i yimsidag akken ad t-sqedcen.
24 | hover=Afeg s ufella
25 | hover-sub=γer ugbur web
26 | hover-desc=Sɛeddi-d taɣerdayt inek ɣer izwal, iseɣwan, tiseddaṛin neɣ iḥedran nniḍen nuḍris ɣef usebter agi. Asrem s ujerriḍ n tneqqiḍin ad d-yezzi ɣef iḥedran agi, ad d-yesban izriren i yesfk ad ttwasuqlen ɣef usebter agi.
27 | select=Fren
28 | select-sub=iḥder n uḍris
29 | select-desc=Afeggag n ifecka ad d-iban nig n usrem s tneqqiḍin, d ayen ak-yeǧǧ€n ad tferneḍ iḥder n uḍris i tebɣiḍ. Akken ad yettusuqel, sit ɣef tqeffalt Ẓreg deg ufeggag n ifecka, neɣ sit snat n tikal ɣef rrif n usrem.
30 | translate=Suqel
31 | translate-sub=aḍris yettwafernen
32 | translate-desc=Ticki deg uskar n teẓrigt, iḥder n uḍris ad yettwafran imeṛṛa. Tzemreḍ ihi ad tebdud tasuqilt inek s uskan n umnaḍ akken d umḍiq yellan.
33 | save=Sekles
34 | save-sub=tasuqlit inek
35 | save-desc=Ticki telha tsuqilt, sit ɣef tqeffalt Kcem neɣ ɣef tignit Sekles deg ufeggag n ifecka akken ad ttwakles. Akken ad teffɣeḍ askar n tsuqilt war asekles, sit ɣef tqaffalt Nser neɣ sit ɣef tignit Sefsex deg ufeggag n ifecka.
36 | that-is-it=D wagi!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Terna-t Mozilla
40 | join-us=Ddu-d ɣur-neɣ
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/kk/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/kk/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/km/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/km/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/kn/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/kn/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/kn/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=ಪಾನ್ಟೂನ್ ಪರಿಚಯ
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=ಪಾನ್ಟೂನ್ ಪರಿಚಯ
6 | navigation-what=ಏನು
7 | navigation-how=ಹೇಗೆ
8 | navigation-more=ಮತ್ತಷ್ಟು
9 | navigation-developers=ಡೆವೆಲಪರ್ಗಳು
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=ಪಾನ್ಟೂನ್ ಮೊಝಿಲ್ಲಾದಿಂದ
13 | headline-1=ಮಿಂಬಲೆಯನ್ನು ಅನುವಾದಿಸಿ.
14 | headline-2=ಅದೆ ಸ್ಥಳದಲ್ಲಿ.
15 | call-to-action=ಇನ್ನಷ್ಟು ತಿಳಿಯಿರಿ
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=ಏನಿದು ಪಾನ್ಟೂನ್?
19 | context=ಸಂದರ್ಭವನ್ನು ಅರಿಯಿರಿ
20 | space=ಜಾಗದ ಇತಿಮಿತಿಗಳನ್ನು ನೋಡಿರಿ
21 | preview=ಆಗಿಂದಾಗಿಯೆ ಮುನ್ನೋಟ ಪಡೆಯಿರಿ
22 | preview-desc=ನೀವು ಅನುವಾದ ಸಲ್ಲಿಸುದ ಕ್ಷಣದಿಂದಲೇ ಮೂಲ ಲೇಖನವನ್ನು ಬದಲಿಸಿ, ನಿಮಗೇ ಮೊದಲು ಕರಡು ತಿದ್ದಿಸಲು ಮತ್ತು ಪರೀಕ್ಷಿಸಲು ಅವಕಾಶ ಕಲ್ಪಿಸುತ್ತದೆ.
23 |
24 | # How
25 | how-title=ಇದು ಹೇಗೆ ಕೆಲಸ ಮಾಡುತ್ತದೆ?
26 | hover=ಮಿಂಬಲೆಯ ಒಳಪಿಡಿ ಮೇಲೆ
27 | hover-sub=ಜಾಲದಲ್ಲಿರುವ ವಿಷಯಗಳ ಮೇಲೆ
28 | select=ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡು
29 | select-sub=ಒಂದು ಪಠ್ಯ ಪುಸ್ತಕ
30 | translate=ಅನುವಾದಿಸು
31 | translate-sub=ಆಯ್ಕೆಮಾಡಿದ ಪಠ್ಯ
32 | save=ಉಳಿಸು
33 | save-sub=ನಿಮ್ಮ ಅನುವಾದ
34 | profit=ಹೆಚ್ಚು ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ
35 |
36 | # More
37 | more-title=ಇದು ಮತ್ತೇನು ಮಾಡಬಹುದು?
38 | qa=ಗುಣಮಟ್ಟ ಪರೀಕ್ಷೆಗಳು
39 | helpers=ಅನುವಾದ ಸಹಾಯಕರು
40 |
41 | # Developers
42 | developers-title=ನೀವೂ ಪಾಲ್ಗೊಳ್ಳಿ
43 | developers-desc=ನೀವು ಪಾನ್ಟೂನ್ ನಲ್ಲಿ ಆಸಕ್ತಿ ವಿರುವ ಅಭಿವರ್ಧಕರೆ? ನೀವು ಇದನ್ನು ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿ ಪಡಿಸಲು ಅನೇಕ ದಾರಿಗಳಿವೆ.
44 | implement=ನಿಮ್ಮ ತಾಣದಲ್ಲಿ ಸಕ್ರಿಯಗೊಳಿಸಿ
45 | github-desc=ಇದು ಸಂಪೂರ್ಣವಾಗಿ ಸ್ವತಂತ್ರ ಮತ್ತು ಮುಕ್ತವಾಗಿದೆ
46 | by-mozilla=ನಿಮ್ಮ ವಿಶ್ವಾಸಾರ್ಹರ ಮೂಲಕ
47 | by-mozilla-desc=ಫೈರ್ಫಾಕ್ಸ್ ನ ಹಿಂದಿರುವ ಸರ್ಕಾರೇತರ ಸಂಸ್ಥೆಯಿಂದ ಅಭಿವೃದ್ಧಿಪಡಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ
48 |
49 | # Footer
50 | author=ಮೊಝಿಲ್ಲಾನಿಂದ ಕುಶಲಿಸಿದ
51 | join-us=ನಮ್ಮ ಜೊತೆ ಸೇರಿ
52 |
53 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ko/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ko/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ko/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon 소개
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon 소개
6 | navigation-what=서비스
7 | navigation-how=소개
8 | navigation-more=프로젝트
9 | navigation-developers=개발팀
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla가 만든 Pontoon
13 | headline-1=웹 지역화에 참여하세요.
14 | headline-2=실시간으로.
15 | call-to-action=더 알아보기
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon이 무엇인가요?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon은 여러분이 웹페이지에서 바로, 문맥과 공간 제약을 파악하면서 지역화를 할수 있도록 도와줍니다.
20 | context=문맥 확인
21 | context-desc=웹페이지 상에서 바로 지역화를 하면 해당 단어의 품사를 더이상 신경쓰지 않아도 됩니다.
22 | space=여유 공간 확인
23 | space-desc=여러분이 번역한 문장에 대해 얼만큼의 공간이 남았는지 확인함으로써 사용자 인터페이스를 해치는 일을 피하세요.
24 | preview=미리보기
25 | preview-desc=번역을 완성함과 동시에 원본 텍스트를 번역된 문장으로 교체함으로써 여러분 스스로가 교정자이자 테스터가 될 수 있습니다.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=어떻게 동작하나요?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon은 지역화 기여자들이 사용하기에 어떠한 전문적인 기술이 필요없는 매우 간단하고 직관적인 도구입니다.
30 | hover=웹 콘텐츠 위에
31 | hover-sub=마우스 올리기
32 | hover-desc=마우스를 웹페이지의 제목이나, 링크, 문단, 혹은 다른 텍스트 박스 위에 올려두세요. 점선 모양의 박스가 텍스트 주변에 생기면 이제 번역 준비가 끝난 것입니다.
33 | select=텍스트 박스
34 | select-sub=선택하기
35 | select-desc=점선 모양의 텍스트 박스 주변에 편집을 위한 도구 막대가 나타날 것입니다. 도구 막대의 편집 버튼을 선택하거나 점선 모양의 박스 안쪽을 더블 클릭하세요.
36 | translate=선택된 텍스트
37 | translate-sub=번역하기
38 | translate-desc=편집 모드가 실행될 때, 전체 텍스트 박스가 선택됩니다. 이제부터 여러분은 번역된 문장이 원본 텍스트의 문맥에 알맞고 적절한 공간을 차지하도록 실시간으로 확인하면서 입력할 수 있습니다.
39 | save=번역
40 | save-sub=저장하기
41 | save-desc=번역이 완성되면, Enter 키를 누르거나 도구 막대의 저장하기 버튼을 눌러 번역한 문장을 저장할 수 있습니다. 저장하지 않고 번역을 종료하고 싶다면, ESC 키를 누르거나 도구 막대의 취소 버튼을 누르세요.
42 | profit=더 알아보기
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=또 무엇을 할 수 있나요?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon의 실시간 번역 모드는 그 외에도 많은 장점을 가지고 있습니다.
47 | qa=완성도 확인
48 | qa-desc=저장하기 전에 번역된 문장은 자동으로 완성도를 확인합니다.
49 | helpers=번역 도우미
50 | helpers-desc=번역 메모리, 기계 번역 등으로 부터 도움을 받으세요.
51 | plurals=복수형 지원
52 | plurals-desc=복수형을 가진 문자열은 여러분의 언어에 맞게 모든 복수형 형태로 번역될 수 있습니다
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=참여하기
56 | developers-desc=Pontoon에 참여하고 싶은 개발자이신가요? 여기 참여할 수 있는 다양한 방법이 있습니다.
57 | implement=직접 사이트에 적용하기
58 | implement-desc=스크립트 한 줄이면 거의 완성입니다
59 | github=GitHub을 통해 참여하기
60 | github-desc=완전히 자유롭고 공개된 오픈소스입니다
61 | by-mozilla=신뢰할 수 있는 기여자
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Firefox에 기반한 비영리 활동에 의해 만들어졌습니다
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla 제작
66 | join-us=참여하기
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/kpv/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-what=Мый
5 | navigation-how=Кыдз
6 | navigation-more=Унджык
7 |
8 | # Header
9 | call-to-action=Висьтав унджык
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title=Мый сійӧ Pontoon?
13 |
14 | # How
15 | how-title=Кыдз сійӧ уджалӧ?
16 | select=Бӧрйы
17 | translate=Вуджӧд
18 | save=Видз
19 | save-sub=тэнад вуджӧдӧм
20 | profit=Велӧд унджык
21 |
22 | # More
23 | more-title=Нӧшта мый сійӧ вермӧ вӧчны?
24 |
25 | # Developers
26 |
27 | # Footer
28 |
29 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ku/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ku/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ku/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/kw/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Komendyans dhe Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Komendyans dhe Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Pandra
7 | navigation-how=Fatel
8 | navigation-more=Moy
9 | navigation-developers=Displegyoryon
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon gans Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Leelhe an wias.
14 | headline-2=May ma.
15 | call-to-action=Moy kedhlow
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pyth yw Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon a re dhywgh fordh dhe leelhe dalgh gwias yn y gettesten, ha dhe weles yn kler an finwethow spas.
20 | context=Konvedhes an gettesten
21 | context-desc=Dre leelhe dalgh gwias war an folen hy honan, ny res dhywgh kavos ahwer mars yw an ger esowgh ow treylya verb po hanow.
22 | space=Gweles finwethow spas
23 | space-desc=Goheles terri an ynterfas usyer dre weles pygemmys spas yw kavadow dhe'gas treylyansow. Vas yn arbennek rag towlennow!
24 | preview=Gweles ragwel desempis
25 | preview-desc=Kettel wrewgh hwi danvon treylyans, ev a gemmer le an teskt derowel y'n folen wias, yn unn gasa dhywgh y wolegi hag y brevi kens oll.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Fatel wra va oberi?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon yw toul sempel ha skentel na wra govyn meur a sleyneth teknogel orth y usyoryon.
30 | hover=Bargesi
31 | hover-sub=dres dalgh gwias
32 | hover-desc=Gorra agas logosen dres titlys, kevrennow, paragrafys po stockys tekst erel war an folen ma. Hirbedrek torrek a wra apperya a-dro dhe bubonan a'n stockys ma, dhe verkya kerdyn yw kavadow dhe leelhe war an folen hy honan.
33 | select=Dewis
34 | select-sub=stock tekst
35 | select-desc=Toulvar a wra apperya a-ugh an hirbedrek torrek, may hyllowgh dewis an stock tekst ewn rag y wolegi. Dhe wul hemma, klyckyewgh war an boton golegi war an toulvar, po dobylglyckyewgh neb le a-bervedh dhe'n amal torrek.
36 | translate=Treylya
37 | translate-sub=tekst dewisys
38 | translate-desc=Pan entrewgh y'n modh golegi, an stock tekst kowal a vydh dewisys. Hwi a yll dalleth skrifa agas treylyans a-dhistowgh, ow kweles kettesten gewar agas korden bennfenten ha pygemmys spas yw kavadow rag an treylyans.
39 | save=Gwitha
40 | save-sub=agas treylyans
41 | save-desc=Pan vowgh hwi lowen gans agas treylyans, hwi a yll y witha dre bokya Entra po dre glyckya war an arwodhik gwitha y'n toulvar. Rag kwytya an modh treylya heb gwitha chanjyow, pokyewgh Esc po klyckyewgh war an arwodhik hedhi y'n toulvar.
42 | profit=Dyski moy
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Pyth aral a yll ev gul?
46 | more-desc=Modh treylyans yn y le Pontoon yw an pyth a worr ev a-ugh re erel, mes ynwedh yma meur a lesow erel dhodho.
47 | qa=Checkyansow kwalita
48 | qa-desc=Daswelys yn awtomatek yw kwalita an treylyansow kens gwitha
49 | helpers=Gweres ow treylya
50 | helpers-desc=Kavos gweres dhyworth an kov treylya, treylya dre jynn, ha moy
51 | plurals=Skoodhyans rag liesplegow
52 | plurals-desc=Kerdyn gans liesplegow a yll bos treylys dhe bub furv liesplek yw kavadow y'gas yeth hwi
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Kemeres rann
56 | developers-desc=Owgh hwi displegyer ha Pontoon a'gas deur? Yma lies fordh dhywgh dhe omvyska.
57 | implement=Y allosegi war agas gwiasva
58 | implement-desc=Wosa keworra skrifen, y fedhowgh hanter fordh ena
59 | github=Y hackya war GitHub
60 | github-desc=Pennfenten ygor ha heb kost
61 | by-mozilla=Gans nebonan trestys
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Displegyes gans an korf heb budh a-dryv dhe Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Kreftyes gans Mozilla
66 | join-us=Junyewgh genen
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lg/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/lg/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lg/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Ebitono ku Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon Yenki
6 | navigation-what=Y'enki
7 | navigation-how=Enkola
8 | navigation-more=Ebirala
9 | navigation-developers=Ba kafulu
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon ya Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Vunula olutimbe.
14 | headline-2=Mu kifo.
15 | call-to-action=Y'ongera Ontegeze
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon y'enki?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon ekukiriza okuvunula ebintu ku lutimbe mu kifo, wamu n'enkozesa atte n'ebilemesa obugazi mu maaso ggo wenyini.
20 | context=Tegela enkozesa
21 | context-desc=W'ovunula oluwayi lw'olutimbe kwenyini, obatewetaga kwelarikirila oba ekigambo ky'ovunula ky'ekikolwa oba erinnya.
22 | space=Laba ebilemesa obugazi
23 | space-desc=Wewale okumenya user interface nga okebela obugazi obujjamu by'ovunula, kino kiyamba nadala ku app.
24 | preview=Olabirawo
25 | preview-desc=Olumala okuwereza ky'ovunudde, ebigambo mu luwayi lw'olutimbe bicukilawo, n'ofuuka omukakasi n'omukebezi asooka.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Ekola etya?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon nkozesa nyangu nyo era kumpi teyetaga ba vunuzi kuba nabumanyikivu bukugu okujikozesa.
30 | hover=Seyeya
31 | hover-sub=wangulu w'ebintu
32 | hover-desc=Tambuza ka mouse wangulu w'emitwe emikulu, n'obuyunga, n'entanda oba ebigambo ku luno oluwayi. Akabokisi akatonya kajakulabika ketolore ebintu bino, nga kalamba eby'etaaga okuvunula ku luwayi lwenyini.
33 | select=Londa
34 | select-sub=ebigambo
35 | select-desc=Akatelekelo kajakulabika wangulu w'aka bokisi, okukiliza okulonda w'oteka ebigambo ebigendelako. Okukola kino, nyiga epesa elikyusa mu katelekelo, oba nyiga emirundi ebiri w'ona munda.
36 | translate=Vunula
37 | translate-sub=by'olonze
38 | translate-desc=W'oyingila webakyusiza, ebigambo byona bijja kulondebwa. Osobola okutandikaliwo okuvunula nga bw'olaba webiyina okugyamu n'ebigambo bimeka by'osobola okutekamu.
39 | save=Teleka
40 | save-sub=by'ovunude
41 | save-desc=W'oba oli musanyufu n'ebyovunude, osobola okunyiga Enter okubiteleka oba akalaga okuteleka mu ntelekelo. Okugalawo okuvunula nga tobitelese by'ovunude, nyiga Esc oba akalaga akasazaamu mu ntelekelo.
42 | profit=Yongera
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Kki ekirala kyekola?
46 | more-desc=Okuvunulira mu kifo ky'eki teka Pontoon wa ngulu w'endala, naye eyina n'emigaso emirala.
47 | qa=Kebela enkola
48 | qa-desc=By'ovunula bitangazibwamu nga tebinatelekebwa okukasa nti bitufu
49 | helpers=Ebiyamba okuvunula
50 | helpers-desc=Funa obuyambi okuva ku bijukizo byebyavunulwa, kalimagezi n'ebirala
51 | plurals=Entasa y'obunji
52 | plurals-desc=Strings ezilaga obungi zisobola okukyusibwa mu ngeri eziliwo mu lulimi lwo
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Twegatteko
56 | developers-desc=Oli kafulu, atte nga oyina obwagazi mu Pontoon? Waliwo ebintu bingi by'oyinza okukola.
57 | implement=Giteke ku lutimbe lwo
58 | implement-desc=Gatako string awo ng'obuzayo ekitundu
59 | github=Kwatamu ku GitHub
60 | github-desc=Yona ya bwerere atte eli open source
61 | by-mozilla=Ekolebwa gwe wesiga
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Ekolebwa ekitongole ekikola Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla y'egikola
66 | join-us=Tweyungeko
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lij/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/lij/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lij/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ln/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ln/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lo/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/lo/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lo/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=ແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບ Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=ແນະນຳກ່ຽວກັບ Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=ແມ່ນຫຍັງ?
7 | navigation-how=ວິທີການເຮັດວຽກ
8 | navigation-more=ເພີ່ມເຕີ່ມ
9 | navigation-developers=ນັກພັດທະນາ
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon ພັດທະນາໂດຍ Mozilla
13 | headline-1=ເຮັດໃຫ້ເວັບເປັນພາສາທ້ອງຖິ່ນ.
14 | headline-2=ໃນທີ່ດຽວ
15 | call-to-action=ຮຽນຮູ້ເພີ່ມເຕີມ
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon ແມ່ນຫຍັງ?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon ເຮັດໃຫ້ທ່ານສາມາດແປເນື້ອຫາພາຍໃນເວັບໄດ້ໃນທີ່ດຽວ ໂດຍມີເຄື່ອງມືການແປຄົບຖ້ວນໃນຫນ້າດຽວ.
20 | context=ເຂົ້າໃຈບໍລິບົດ
21 | context-desc=ໂດຍການເຮັດໃຫ້ເວັບໄຊທ໌ເປັນພາສາທ້ອງຖິ່ນເທິງຫນ້າຕົວເອງ, ທ່ານບໍ່ຈໍາເປັນຕ້ອງກັງວົນວ່າຄໍາທີ່ທ່ານແປນັ້ນແມ່ນຄຳກຳມະຫຼືຄຳນາມ.
22 | space=ເບິ່ງຂໍ້ຈຳກັດຂອງພື້ນທີ່
23 | space-desc=ຫຼີກເວັ້ນການສະແດງຜົນການໂຕ້ຕອບຜູ້ໃຊ້ໂດຍການເບິ່ງວ່າມີຊ່ອງຫວ່າງສໍາລັບການແປພາສາຂອງທ່ານຢູ່ຫຼາຍປານໃດ ເຊິ່ງເປັນສິ່ງທີ່ເປັນປະໂຫຍດກັບແອັບຯ.
24 | preview=ເບິ່ງຕົວຢ່າງໄດ້ທັນທີ
25 | preview-desc=ໃນເວລາທີ່ທ່ານສົ່ງການແປພາສາ, ມັນຈະຖືກນຳໄປໃຊ້ແທນຂໍ້ຄວາມຕົ້ນສະບັບໃນຫນ້າເວັບໄຊຕ໌, ເຮັດໃຫ້ທ່ານເປັນຜູ້ພິສູດອັກສອນແລະຜູ້ທົດສອບຄົນທໍາອິດ.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=ວິທີການເຮັດວຽກ?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon ແມ່ນເຄື່ອງມືທີ່ໃຊ້ງ່າຍ ແລະ ຢືດຢຸນ ຊຶ່ງຜູ້ທີ່ບໍ່ມີຄວາມທາງດ້ານເທັກນິກກໍ່ສາມາດນຳໃຊ້ເຄື່ອງມືນີ້ເຂົ້າໃນການແປໄດ້.
30 | hover=ວາງເມົາສ໌
31 | hover-sub=ເໜືອໄລຍະເນື້ອຫາເວັບໄຊທ໌
32 | hover-desc=ວາງເມົາສ໌ຂອງທ່ານເໜືອໄລຍະຫົວຂໍ້, ລິງ, ວັກຫຼືຂໍ້ຄວາມອື່ນໆໃນຫນ້ານີ້. ຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມເສັ້ນປະຈະປາກົດຢູ່ຮອບໆແຕ່ລະບລັອກເຫຼົ່ານີ້ ເພື່ອກໍານົດລະຫັດທີ່ມີຢູ່ສໍາລັບການເຮັດໃຫ້ເປັນພາສາທ້ອງຖິ່ນໃນຫນ້າຕົວມັນເອງ.
33 | select=ເລືອກ
34 | select-sub=ບລັອກຂໍ້ຄວາມ
35 | select-desc=ແຖບເຄື່ອງມືຈະປາກົດຢູ່ຂ້າງເທິງຮູບສີ່ຫລ່ຽມເສັ້ນປະ ເພື່ອໃຫ້ທ່ານເລືອກບລັອກຂໍ້ຄວາມທີ່ສອດຄ້ອງກັນສໍາລັບການແກ້ໄຂ. ເພື່ອເຮັດແນວນັ້ນ, ໃຫ້ຄລິກໃສ່ປຸ່ມ ແກ້ໄຂ ໃນແຖບເຄື່ອງມື, ຫຼືຄລິກສອງເທື່ອໃສ່ບ່ອນໄດ້ກໍ່ໄດ້ພາຍໃນຂອບເສັ້ນປະ.
36 | translate=ແປ
37 | translate-sub=ຂໍ້ຄວາມທີ່ຖືກເລືອກ
38 | translate-desc=ໃນເວລາທີ່ທ່ານເຂົ້າໄປໃນຮູບແບບການແກ້ໄຂ, ບລັອກຂໍ້ຄວາມທັງບລັອກຈະຖືກເລືອກ. ທ່ານສາມາດເລີ່ມຕົ້ນການແປພາສາຂອງທ່ານໄດ້ທັນທີໃນຂະນະທີ່ເຫັນບໍລິບົດທີ່ແນ່ນອນຂອງສະຕຣິງຕົ້ນສະບັບຂອງທ່ານແລະຈໍານວນພື້ນທີ່ທີ່ມີຢູ່ສໍາລັບການແປພາສາຂອງທ່ານ.
39 | save=ບັນທຶກ
40 | save-sub=ການແປຂອງທ່ານ
41 | save-desc=ເມື່ອທ່ານພໍໃຈກັບການແປພາສາຂອງທ່ານແລ້ວ, ທ່ານສາມາດບັນທຶກມັນໄດ້ໂດຍການກົດ Enter ຫຼືຄລິກໃສ່ໄອຄອນ ບັນທຶກ ໃນແຖບເຄື່ອງມື. ເມື່ອຕ້ອງການອອກຈາກຮູບແບບການແປພາສາໂດຍບໍ່ຕ້ອງບັນທຶກການປ່ຽນແປງໃຫ້ກົດ Esc ຫຼືຄລິກໄອຄອນຍົກເລີກໃນແຖບເຄື່ອງມື.
42 | profit=ຮຽນຮູ້ເພີ່ມເຕີມ
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=ມັນຈະເຮັດຫຍັງອີກໄດ້ແດ່?
46 | more-desc=ຮູບແບບການແປພາສາໃນໜ້າເໝືອນຈິງຂອງ Pontoon ແມ່ນສິ່ງທີ່ເຮັດໃຫ້ມັນຢູ່ເຫນືອລະບົບອື່ນ, ແຕ່ມັນຍັງມີຜົນປະໂຫຍດອື່ນໆອີກຫຼາຍຢ່າງ.
47 | qa=ການກວດສອບຄຸນນະພາບ
48 | qa-desc=ການແປຈະຖືກກວດສອບຄຸນນະພາບໂດຍອັດຕະໂນມັດກ່ອນທີ່ຈະບັນທຶກ
49 | helpers=ຜູ້ຊ່ວຍແປພາສາ
50 | helpers-desc=ໃຊ້ໜ່ວຍຄວາມຈຳການແປພາສາ, ເຄື່ອງຊ່ວຍແປພາສາ ແລະການແປພາສາອື່ນເປັນຕົວຊ່ວຍ
51 | plurals=ການສະໜັບສະໜູນພະຫຸພົດ
52 | plurals-desc=ສະຕຣິງຂໍ້ຄວາມທີ່ມີພະຫຸພົດສາມາດແປເປັນພາສາຂອງທ່ານໄດ້ທຸກຮູບແບບທີ່ມີຢູ່ໃນພາສາຂອງທ່ານ
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=ເຂົ້າມາມີສ່ວນຮ່ວມ
56 | developers-desc=ທ່ານແມ່ນນັກພັດທະນາ, ມີຄວາມສົນໃຈໃນ Pontoon ຫລືບໍ່? ທ່ານສາມາດເຂົ້າມາຮ່ວມມືກັນແປກັບພວກເຮົາໄດ້.
57 | implement=ເປີດນຳໃຊ້ມັນໃນເວັບໄຊຕ໌ຂອງທ່ານ
58 | implement-desc=ເພີ່ມສະຄິບ ທ່ານມາໄດ້ຄຶ່ງທາງແລ້ວ
59 | github=ຮ່ວມພັດທະນາມັນໄດ້ເທິງ GitHub
60 | github-desc=ຟຣີ ແລະ ເປັນໂອເພັນຊອດເຕັມຕົວ.
61 | by-mozilla=ໂດຍບາງຄົນທີ່ທ່ານເຊື່ອຖື
62 | by-mozilla-desc=ໄດ້ຮັບການພັດທະນາໂດຍອົງກອນທີ່ບໍ່ຫວັງຜົນກໍາໄລ
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=ສ້າງຂື້ນມາໂດຍ Mozilla
66 | join-us=ເຂົ້າມາຮ່ວມກັບພວກເຮົາ
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lt/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/lt/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ltg/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ltg/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ltg/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontoon īvods
5 | navigation-what=Kas
6 | navigation-how=Kai
7 | navigation-more=Vaira
8 | navigation-developers=Izstrōdōtōji
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Pontoon nu Mozilla
12 | headline-1=Tulkoj teimekli.
13 | headline-2=Uz vītys.
14 | call-to-action=Rozstōsti maņ vaira
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Kas ir Pontoon?
18 |
19 | # How
20 | translate=Tulkuoj
21 |
22 | # More
23 |
24 | # Developers
25 |
26 | # Footer
27 |
28 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/lv/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/lv/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mai/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/mai/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mai/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mg/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/mg/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mix/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon ña Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-1=Saa web.
6 | headline-2=Tu'unku.
7 | call-to-action=Kua'ka tu'un
8 |
9 | # What
10 | context=Nixi kai
11 | context-desc=Ta samá ña inka nu página web nu míi, ma ntakaniniku tsa tu'un chau.
12 | space=Kunche'e nu tsinu nuna
13 | space-desc=Kunchee nisaa espacio kumu tava samu tu'un , ñaka ku ña vaa nu apps.
14 | preview=Kunchee nu vista previa
15 | preview-desc=Ta chachuun tu'un samu, samu tu'un ntsika nu página web, cha ntuu xina corrector tsi revisor.
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=¿Nixi kuachuun ña?
19 | hover=Ya’a nuu
20 | hover-sub=tsi contenido web
21 | hover-desc=Skanta cursor kuchi, enlaces, párrafos nu página. Ku nkutu iin rectángulo tsi raya tu'un ña ku samu nu me'e página.
22 | select=Katsi
23 | select-sub=iin tu'un
24 | select-desc=Nu rectángulo ku ntuu iin barra nu ku samu, cha ku katsiku tu'un kunu samu. tsiniñuu, katavu botón Editar, a katavu uvi kua botón nu inka raya.
25 | translate=Ntasia tu'un
26 | translate-sub=Katsi tu'un
27 | translate-desc=Ta kitsau samu, ntìi tu'un ku katsuña. Ku kitsau chau ña ku samu cha ku kuncheuña cha ncheu nisa'a kumanika tava tsinu sau.
28 | save=Chika vaà
29 | save-sub=ña ntasamu
30 | save-desc=Tatu vaa yee ña nchau, ku chikavauña katavu Enter a katavi clic nu botón chika vaanu barra de herramientas. tatu kunu keu cha ma chikavau niñaa, katavi Esc a ícono cancelar nu barra de herramientas.
31 | that-is-it=Nchii kui
32 |
33 | # Footer
34 | author=Ni kuvai tsaa Mozilla
35 | join-us=Kita'an tsikue
36 |
37 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mk/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/mk/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ml/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ml/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mn/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/mn/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mn/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontoon тухай танилцуулах
5 | navigation-what=Юу
6 | navigation-how=Ямар
7 | navigation-more=Нэмэлт мэдээлэл
8 | navigation-developers=Хөгжүүлэгч төлөө
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Mozilla хөгжүүлж гарсан «Pontoon»
12 | headline-1=Вэбийг газар дээр нь
13 | headline-2=орчуулах
14 | call-to-action=Цааш нь яригч
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=«Pontoon» юу вэ?
18 |
19 | # How
20 | profit=Нэмэлт мэдээлэл
21 |
22 | # More
23 |
24 | # Developers
25 |
26 | # Footer
27 | author=Mozilla хөгжүүлсэн
28 | join-us=Бидэнтэй хамт оролцах
29 |
30 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mr/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/mr/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/mr/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ms/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ms/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ms/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Lokalisasi mengikut konteks dalam Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon oleh Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Lokalisasi mengikut konteks
7 | headline-1=Lokalisasi web.
8 | headline-2=Dalam satu tempat.
9 | call-to-action=Beritahu Saya Lebih Lanjut
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Apakah lokalisasi mengikut konteks?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Anda boleh menterjemahkan kandungan web dalam satu tempat dengan konteks dan batasan ruang di hadapan anda.
14 | context=Fahami konteks
15 | context-desc=Dengan menterjemahkan kandungan halaman web semasa dalam halaman itu sendiri, anda tidak lagi perlu risau jika perkataan yang anda terjemahkan itu kata kerja atau kata nama.
16 | space=Prihatin had ruang
17 | space-desc=Ciri aplikasi ini yang amat berguna ialah mengelakkan pengguna keluar daripada antara muka untuk memerhati ruang terjemahan yang disediakan.
18 | preview=Previu segera
19 | preview-desc=Terjemahan yang anda masukkan terus menggantikan teks asal dalam halaman web yang menjadikan anda pembaca pruf dan penguji yang pertama.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Bagaimana Pontoon berfungsi?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Lokalisasi mengikut konteks ialah satu alatan yang sangat mudah dan intuitif yang boleh dikendalikan oleh penterjemah tanpa kemahiran teknikal yang tinggi.
24 | hover=Serlahkan
25 | hover-sub=kandungan web
26 | hover-desc=Gerakkan tetikus atas tajuk, pautan, perenggan atau blok ayat lain dalam halaman ini. Segi empat titik bersambung akan muncul di sekeliling setiap blok, iaitu rentetan bertanda yang tersedia untuk diterjemahkan dalam halaman itu sendiri.
27 | select=Pilih
28 | select-sub=blok teks
29 | select-desc=Bar alatan akan muncul di atas segi empat titik bersambung yang membolehkan anda memilih blok teks untuk diedit. Untuk melakukannya, klik pada butang Edit dalam bar alatan, atau klik dua kali di mana-mana tempat di dalam kawasan titik bersambung berkenaan.
30 | translate=Terjemah
31 | translate-sub=teks pilihan
32 | translate-desc=Apabila anda masuk mod mengedit, keseluruhan teks blok akan dipilih. Anda boleh memulakan menaip terjemahan sambil melihat konteks sumber rentetan anda dengan tepat serta ruangan yang ada untuk terjemahan anda.
33 | save=Simpan
34 | save-sub=terjemahan anda
35 | save-desc=Sebaik sahaja anda berpuas hati dengan terjemahan anda, anda boleh menyimpannya dengan menekan butang Enter atau klik pada ikon simpan pada bar alatan. Untuk keluar daripada mod terjemahan tanpa menyimpan apa-apa perubahan, tekan butang Esc atau klik ikon batal pada bar alatan.
36 | that-is-it=Itu sahaja!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Direka oleh Mozilla
40 | join-us=Sertai kami
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/my/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/my/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nb-NO/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/nb-NO/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nb-NO/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Intro
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon intro
6 | navigation-what=Hva
7 | navigation-how=Hvordan
8 | navigation-more=Mer
9 | navigation-developers=Utviklere
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon fra Mozilla
13 | headline-1=oversett NETTET.
14 | headline-2=Her og nå.
15 | call-to-action=Fortell meg mer
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Hva er Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon lar deg oversette nettinnhold på stedet, med kontekst og plassavgrensninger rett foran deg.
20 | context=Forstå sammenhengen
21 | context-desc=Når du oversetter direkte på en nettside, kan du enkelt se sammenhengen i teksten, og f.eks. finne ut om et ord er et verb eller et substantiv.
22 | space=Se plassbegrensninger
23 | space-desc=La være å ødelegge brukergrensesnittet ved å se hvor mye plass det er til oversettelsene, noe som er spesielt brukbart med apper.
24 | preview=Øyeblikkelig forhåndsvisning
25 | preview-desc=Med én gang du sender inn oversettelsen, erstattes den originale teksten på nettsiden, og du blir den første som kan korrekturlese og teste.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Hvordan fungerer det?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon er et veldig enkel og intuitivt verktøy, og krever ingen særskilt teknisk kunnskap for å brukes av oversettere.
30 | hover=Hold musepekeren
31 | hover-sub=over nettinnhold
32 | hover-desc=Plasser musen over overskrifter, linker, avsnitt eller andre tekstblokker på denne siden. Et stiplet rektangel vil bli synlig rundt hver slik blokk og markere strengene som kan oversettes på selve siden.
33 | select=Velg
34 | select-sub=en tekstblokk
35 | select-desc=En verktøylinje kommer til syne over det stiplede rektangelet og lar deg velge å redigere den tekstblokken. For å redigere, enten klikk på Rediger-knappen i verktøylinjen eller dobbeltklikk hvor som helst inni den stiplede firkanten.
36 | translate=Oversett
37 | translate-sub=den valgte teksten
38 | translate-desc=Når du går inn i redigeringsmodus, vil hele tekstblokken være valgt. Du kan starte å skrive oversettelsen din med en gang, samtidig som du ser den eksakte konteksten til kildestrengen og hvor mye plass som er tilgjengelig for oversettelsen.
39 | save=Lagre
40 | save-sub=oversettelsen
41 | save-desc=Så fort du er fornøyd med oversettelsen, kan du lagre den ved å trykke Enter eller klikke lagre-knappen i verktøylinjen. For å avslutte redigeringsmodus uten å lagre, trykk på Esc eller klikk avbryt-knappen.
42 | profit=Les mer
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Hva mer kan den gjøre?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon sitt 'på stedet'-oversettelsesmodus er hva som plasserer det et hakk over andre, men det har også mange andre fordeler.
47 | qa=Kvalitetssjekker
48 | qa-desc=Oversettelser kvalitetssjekkes automatisk før lagring
49 | helpers=Oversettelseshjelp
50 | helpers-desc=Få hjelp fra oversettelsesminne, maskinoversettelse og lignende
51 | plurals=Flertallsstøtte
52 | plurals-desc=Strenger med flertall kan bli oversatt til alle flertallsformene som er tilgjengelig i ditt språk
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Bli involvert
56 | developers-desc=Er du en utvikler som er interessert i Pontoon? Det er nok av muligheter til å få møkk under neglene.
57 | implement=Bruk på din egen side
58 | implement-desc=Legg til et skript og du er halvveis
59 | github=Hack på Github
60 | github-desc=Det er helt gratis og med åpen kildekode
61 | by-mozilla=Av noen du stoler på
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Utviklet av dem står bak Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Laget av Mozilla
66 | join-us=Bli med
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ne-NP/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ne-NP/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ne-NP/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontoonको परिचय
5 | navigation-what=के
6 | navigation-how=कसरी
7 | navigation-more=थप
8 | navigation-developers=विकासकर्ताहरू
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Mozilla को Pontoon
12 | headline-1=वेबलाई स्थानियकरण गर्नुहोस् ।
13 | headline-2=जहाँको त्यहीँ ।
14 | call-to-action=थप जानकारी
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Pontoon के हो ?
18 | what-desc=Pontoon ले तपाईँलाई वेबका कन्टेन्टहरू स्थानियकरण गर्न मद्दत गर्छ त्यो पनि जहाँको त्यहीँ, ठाउँको जानकारी र सन्दर्भ जानकारीको साथमा ।
19 | context=सन्दर्भ बुझ्नुहोस्
20 | context-desc=वेबपेज भित्रै यसलाई स्थानियकरण गर्दा तपाईँले अब यसको विषयवस्तु र सन्दर्भ बारे चिन्ता लिइरहनु पर्दैन, जस्तै त्यो पद नामपद हो कि क्रियापद हो भनेर ।
21 | space=स्थानको सिमितता हेर्नुहोस्
22 | space-desc=कति स्थान उपलब्ध छ भन्ने बुझेर आफ्नो अनुवादलाई मिलाउनुहोस् र युजर इन्टरफेसलाई बिग्रनबाट बचाउनुहोस्, जुन एपहरूको लागि अति नै उपयोगी हुन्छ ।
23 | preview=तुरन्तै पूर्वावलोकन हेर्नुहोस्
24 | preview-desc=जसै तपाईँले आफ्नो अनुवाद बुझाउनुहुन्छ, यसले पहिले देखि रहेको पाठलाई बदल्ने छ र तपाईँलाई पहिलो प्रुफरिडर र परीक्षणकर्ता बनाउने छ ।
25 |
26 | # How
27 | how-title=यो कसरी काम गर्छ ?
28 | how-desc=Pontoon एकदमै सरल र सजिलै बुझ्न सकिने औजार हो जुन एकदमै कम प्राविधिक ज्ञान भएका अनुवादकहरूले पनि प्रयोग गर्न सक्छन् ।
29 | hover=वेब सामग्रीमाथि
30 | hover-sub=माउस लैजानुहोस्
31 | hover-desc=अाफ्नो माउस यस पृष्ठको शीर्षकहरू, लिङ्कहरू, अनुच्छेद अथवा अरु पाठहरु माथि लैजानुहोस् । यी प्रत्येक ब्लकहरूमा एउटा Dashed Rectangle देखिने छ जसले उक्त स्ट्रिङहरु स्थानियकरण गर्न उपलब्ध छ भन्ने जनाउछ ।
32 | select=पाठ समूह
33 | select-sub=छान्नुहोस्
34 | translate=अनुवाद गर्नुहोस्
35 | translate-sub=छानिएको पाठ
36 | save=सङ्ग्रह गर्नुहोस्
37 | save-sub=तपाईँको अनुवाद
38 | profit=अझ सिक्नुहोस्
39 |
40 | # More
41 | more-title=यसले अरु के गर्न सक्छ ?
42 | qa=गुणस्तर परीक्षण
43 | plurals=बहुबचन सहायता
44 |
45 | # Developers
46 | developers-title=सहभागी हुनुहोस्
47 | implement=तपाईँको वेबसाइटमा सक्षम पार्नुहोस्
48 | github=GitHub मा ह्याक गर्नुहोस्
49 | github-desc=यो पूर्णरूपमा निशुल्क र खुल्ला स्रोत हो
50 | by-mozilla=तपाईँको विश्वासनीय पात्रद्वारा
51 | by-mozilla-desc=Firefox विकास गर्ने गैह्र नाफामुखी संस्थाद्वारा
52 |
53 | # Footer
54 | author=Mozilla ले बनाएको
55 | join-us=सम्पर्कमा रहनुहोस्
56 |
57 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nl/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/nl/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nl/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=In-contextlokalisatie in Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon van Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=In-contextlokalisatie
7 | headline-1=Lokaliseer het web.
8 | headline-2=Op één plek.
9 | call-to-action=Vertel me meer
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Wat is in-contextlokalisatie?
13 | what-desc-in-context=U kunt er ter plekke webinhoud mee vertalen, waarbij u de context en ruimtelijke beperkingen voor u ziet.
14 | context=Begrijp verbanden
15 | context-desc=Door een webpagina op de pagina zelf te vertalen, hoeft u zich geen zorgen meer te maken over of het te vertalen woord een werkwoord of een zelfstandig naamwoord is.
16 | space=Zie ruimtelijke beperkingen
17 | space-desc=Voorkom een gebrekkige gebruikersinterface door te zien hoeveel ruimte er voor uw vertalingen beschikbaar is, wat vooral handig is bij apps.
18 | preview=Krijg direct een voorbeeld
19 | preview-desc=Zodra u een vertaling indient, wordt de oorspronkelijke tekst in de webpagina vervangen, waardoor u de eerste proeflezer en tester bent.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Hoe werkt het?
23 | how-desc-in-context=In-contextlokalisatie is een zeer eenvoudig en intuïtief hulpmiddel waarvoor u als vertaler weinig tot geen technische vaardigheden nodig hebt.
24 | hover=Houd de muis
25 | hover-sub=over webinhoud
26 | hover-desc=Beweeg uw muis over koppen, koppelingen, alinea’s of andere tekstblokken op deze pagina. Er verschijnt een gestippelde rechthoek om elk blok dat teksten die voor vertaling beschikbaar zijn op de pagina zelf markeert.
27 | select=Selecteer
28 | select-sub=een tekstblok
29 | select-desc=Er verschijnt een werkbalk boven de gestippelde rechthoek waarmee u het overeenkomende tekstblok voor bewerking kunt selecteren. Klik op de bewerkingsknop in de werkbalk of dubbelklik ergens binnen de gestippelde grens om dit te doen.
30 | translate=Vertaal
31 | translate-sub=geselecteerde tekst
32 | translate-desc=Zodra u in de bewerkingsmodus bent, wordt het hele tekstblok geselecteerd. U kunt meteen uw vertaling intypen terwijl u de precieze context van de brontekst ziet, evenals de hoeveelheid beschikbare ruimte voor uw vertaling.
33 | save=BEWAAR
34 | save-sub=uw vertaling
35 | save-desc=Als u tevreden bent met uw vertaling, kunt u deze opslaan door op Enter te drukken of op het opslagpictogram in de werkbalk te klikken. Om de vertaalmodus af te sluiten zonder wijzigingen op te slaan, drukt u op Esc of klikt u op het annuleringspictogram in de werkbalk.
36 | that-is-it=Dat is alles!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Gemaakt door Mozilla
40 | join-us=Doe mee
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nn-NO/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/nn-NO/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nn-NO/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon frå Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-1=Omsett nettet.
6 | headline-2=Her og no.
7 | call-to-action=Fortel meg meir
8 |
9 | # What
10 | context=Forstå kontekst
11 | context-desc=Når du omset direkte på ei nettside, kan du enkelt sjå samanhengen i teksten, og t.d. finne ut om eit ord er eit verb eller eit substantiv.
12 | space=Sjå plassavgrensingar
13 | space-desc=Du kan direkte sjå kor mykje plass som er tilgjengeleg for omsettinga. Dette er spesielt praktisk for appar.
14 | preview=Direkte førehandsvising
15 | preview-desc=Omsettinga di vert vist med ein gong du lagrar. Dette gjer at du, med det same, sjølv kan lese korrektur og teste sida.
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=Korleis fungerer det?
19 | hover=Hald musepeikaren
20 | hover-sub=over nettinnhald
21 | hover-desc=Før musepeikaren over overskrifter, lenker, avsnitt, eller andre tekstblokker på denne sida. Eit markert rektangel vert vist omkring innhaldet i kvar av desse blokkene, og markerer dei strengane som er tilgjengelege for omsetting på sida.
22 | select=Marker
23 | select-sub=ei tekstblokk
24 | select-desc=Over rektangelet er det ei verktøylinje som lèt deg markera tekstavsnitt for redigering. Trykk på redigeringsknappen (ein blyant) for å redigera, eller dobbelklikk i tekstblokka i firkanten.
25 | translate=Omsett
26 | translate-sub=vald tekst
27 | translate-desc=Når du er i redigeringsmodus, vert heile tekstblokka markert. Du kan skriva inn omsettinga di samstundes som du ser konteksten for kjeldestrengen din, og kor mykje plass som er tilgjengeleg for omsettinga.
28 | save=Lagra
29 | save-sub=omsettinga di
30 | save-desc=Når du er nøgd med omsettinga di kan du lagra henne ved å trykkje på Enter eller trykkja på «Lagra»-ikonet i verktøylinja. Om du vil avslutte redigeringa, kan du trykkje på Esc-tasten, eller «avbryt»-ikonet i verktøylinja.
31 | that-is-it=Det var det!
32 |
33 | # Footer
34 | author=Utvikla av Mozilla
35 | join-us=Ver med
36 |
37 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nso/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/nso/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/nso/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/oc/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/oc/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/or/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/or/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/or/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontoon ଉପକ୍ରମ
5 | navigation-what=କଣ
6 | navigation-how=କିପରି
7 | navigation-more=ଅଧିକ
8 | navigation-developers=ଡେଭଲପରଗଣ
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Mozilla ତିଆରି Pontoon
12 | headline-1=ୱେବ ଅନୁବାଦ କରନ୍ତୁ ।
13 | headline-2=ଠିକଣା ଜାଗାରେ ।
14 | call-to-action=ମୋତେ ଅଧିକ ଜଣାନ୍ତୁ...
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Pontoon କଣ?
18 | context=ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ବୁଝନ୍ତୁ
19 |
20 | # How
21 | hover=ହୋଭର
22 | select=ବାଛନ୍ତୁ
23 |
24 | # More
25 |
26 | # Developers
27 |
28 | # Footer
29 |
30 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pa-IN/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/pa-IN/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pa-IN/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=ਪੁੰਟੂਨ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣ-ਪਛਾਣ
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=ਪੌਂਟੂਨ ਦੀ ਜਾਣ-ਪਛਾਣ
6 | navigation-what=ਕੀ
7 | navigation-how=ਕਿਵੇਂ
8 | navigation-more=ਹੋਰ
9 | navigation-developers=ਵਿਕਾਸਕਾਰ
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla ਵਲੋਂ ਪੌਂਟੂਨ
13 | headline-1=ਵੈੱਬ ਦਾ ਇਲਾਕਾਈਕਰਣ ਕਰੋ।
14 | headline-2=ਥਾਂ ਤੇ ਹੀ।
15 | call-to-action=ਮੈਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਦੱਸੋ
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=ਪੌਂਟੂਨ ਕੀ ਹੈ?
19 | what-desc=ਪੌਂਟੂਨ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਬਿਲਕੁਲ ਸਾਹਮਣੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹਵਾਲੇ ਅਤੇ ਇਲਾਕਾਈ ਹੱਦਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਥਾਂ ਸਿਰ ਪਈ ਵੈਬ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਦਾ ਇਲਾਕਾਈਕਰਣ ਕਰਨ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।
20 | context=ਹਵਾਲੇ ਨੂੰ ਸਮਝੋ
21 | context-desc=ਸਫ਼ੇ ਦੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੀ ਵੈਬ ਸਫ਼ੇ ਦੇ ਇਲਾਕਾਈਕਰਣ ਨਾਲ, ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਚਿੰਤਾ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰ ਵਾਲਾ ਲਫਜ਼ ਕਿਰਿਆ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਨਾਂਵ।
22 | space=ਇਲਾਕਾਈ ਹੱਦਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖੋ
23 | space-desc=ਇਹ ਦੇਖਦਿਆਂ ਹੋਇਆਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਕਿੰਨੀ ਥਾਂ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਹੈ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵਰਤੋਂਕਾਰ ਇੰਟਰਫੇਸ ਨੂੰ ਖ਼ਰਾਬ ਕਰਨ ਤੋਂ ਬਚਾਅ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ, ਜੋ ਕਿ ਖਾਸ ਤੌਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਐਪਸ ਲਈ ਲਾਹੇਵੰਦ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ।
24 | preview=ਤੁਰੰਤ ਝਲਕ ਵੇਖੋ
25 | preview-desc=ਜਿਸ ਵੇਲੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰ ਦਾਖਲ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਇਹ ਵੈੱਬ ਪੰਨੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੂਲ ਲਿਖਤ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਕੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਹਿਲਾ ਪ੍ਰੂਫਰੀਡਰ ਅਤੇ ਜਾਂਚਕਰਤਾ ਬਣਾ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ।
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=ਇਹ ਕੰਮ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ?
29 | how-desc=ਪੌਂਟੂਨ ਇੱਕ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਸਾਦਾ ਅਤੇ ਅਨੁਭਵੀ ਸੰਦ ਹੈ ਜਿਸ ਨੂੰ ਵਰਤਣ ਲਈ ਤਰਜਮਾਕਾਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਸੇ ਤਕਨੀਕੀ ਹੁਨਰ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ।
30 | hover=ਵੈੱਬ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਉੱਤੇ
31 | hover-sub=ਬਣੇ ਰਹੋ
32 | hover-desc=ਆਪਣੇ ਮਾਊਸ ਨੂੰ ਇਸ ਪੰਨੇ 'ਤੇ ਸਿਰਲੇਖਾਂ, ਤੰਦਾਂ, ਪੈਰ੍ਹਿਆਂ ਜਾਂ ਹੋਰ ਲਿਖਤਾਂ ਦੇ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ 'ਤੇ ਘੁੰਮਾਉ। ਇੱਕ ਟੁੱਟਵੀਂ ਲਕੀਰ ਵਾਲਾ ਡੱਬਾ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਹਿੱਸਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਦੁਆਲੇ ਦਿਖੇਗਾ ਜਿਹੜਾ ਉਸੇ ਵਰਕੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰ ਹੋ ਸਕਣ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਸਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਨਿਸ਼ਾਨਬੱਧ ਕਰੇਗਾ।
33 | select=ਚੁਣੋ
34 | select-sub=ਇੱਕ ਲਿਖਤ
35 | select-desc=ਇੱਕ ਟੂਲਬਾਰ ਡੱਬਿਆਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਆਇਤ ਦੇ ਉਪਰ ਦਿਖਾਈ ਦਿੰਦੀ ਹੈ, ਜਿਸ ਨਾਲ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਪਾਦਨ ਲਈ ਸੰਬੰਧਿਤ ਟੈਕਸਟ ਬਲਾਕ ਦੀ ਚੋਣ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਅਜਿਹਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਟੂਲਬਾਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਪਾਦਨ ਬਟਨ 'ਤੇ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ ਜਾਂ ਡੱਬਿਆਂ ਵਾਲੇ ਬਾਰਡਰ ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਕਿਤੇ ਵੀ ਡਬਲ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।
36 | translate=ਅਨੁਵਾਦ
37 | translate-sub=ਚੁਣਿਆ ਹੋਇਆ ਟੈਕਸਟ
38 | translate-desc=ਜਦੋਂ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਸੰਪਾਦਨ ਮੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਾਖਲ ਹੋਵੋਂਗੇ ਤਾਂ ਸਾਰਾ ਟੈਕਸਟ ਬਲਾਕ ਚੁਣਿਆ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ। ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੀ ਸਰੋਤ ਸਤਰ ਦੇ ਸਹੀ ਸੰਦਰਭ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਲਈ ਕਿੰਨੀ ਥਾਂ ਉਪਲਬਧ ਹੈ, ਨੂੰ ਦੇਖਦੇ ਹੋਏ ਤੁਰੰਤ ਆਪਣਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰਨਾ ਅਰੰਭ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ।
39 | save=ਸੰਭਾਲੋ
40 | save-sub=ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ
41 | save-desc=ਜਿਵੇਂ ਹੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣੇ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਤੋਂ ਖੁਸ਼ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ, ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਨੂੰ Enter ਦਬਾ ਕੇ ਜਾਂ ਟੂਲਬਾਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੰਭਾਲੋ ਆਈਕੋਨ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰਕੇ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ। ਤਬਦੀਲੀਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੁਰੱਖਿਅਤ ਕੀਤੇ ਬਗੈਰ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਮੋਡ ਬੰਦ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, Esc ਦਬਾਓ ਜਾਂ ਟੂਲਬਾਰ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਦ ਕਰੋ ਆਈਕੋਨ ਨੂੰ ਕਲਿੱਕ ਕਰੋ।
42 | profit=ਹੋਰ ਜਾਣੋ
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=ਇਸਨੂੰ ਹੋਰ ਕੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ?
46 | more-desc=ਪੁੰਟੂਨ ਦਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਮੋਡ ਉਹ ਹੈ ਜੋ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਦੂਜਿਆਂ ਦੇ ਮੁਕਾਬਲੇ ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ, ਪਰ ਇਸਦੇ ਕੋਲ ਹੋਰ ਕਈ ਲਾਭ ਵੀ ਹਨ।
47 | qa=ਮਿਆਰ ਜਾਂਚ
48 | qa-desc=ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਸੰਭਾਲਣ ਤੋਂ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਦੇ ਮਿਆਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸਮੀਖਿਆ ਖੁਦ ਬ-ਖੁਦ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ
49 | helpers=ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ
50 | helpers-desc=ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰ ਭੰਡਾਰ, ਮਸ਼ੀਨੀ ਲਿਪੀਅੰਤਰ ਅਤੇ ਇਹੋ ਜਿਹੀ ਹੋਰ ਮਦਦ ਲਉ
51 | plurals=ਬਹੁ-ਵਚਨ ਸਮਰਥਨ
52 | plurals-desc=ਬਹੁਵਚਨ ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਸਤਰਾਂ ਦਾ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵਿੱਚ ਮੌਜੂਦ ਸਾਰੇ ਬਹੁਵਚਨ ਰੂਪਾਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਨੁਵਾਦ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=ਹਿੱਸਾ ਲਵੋ
56 | developers-desc=ਕੀ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਡਿਵੈਲਪਰ ਹੋ, ਪੁੰਟੂਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਦਿਲਚਸਪੀ ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹੋ? ਆਪਣੇ ਹੱਥੀਂ ਕੰਮ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਕਈ ਤਰੀਕੇ ਹਨ।
57 | implement=ਇਸਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੀ ਸਾਈਟ ਉੱਤੇ ਯੋਗ ਬਣਾਓ
58 | implement-desc=ਇੱਕ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ ਜੋੜੋ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਅੱਧਾ ਰਸਤਾ ਤੈਅ ਕਰ ਲਿਆ ਹੈ
59 | github=ਇਸਨੂੰ GitHub ਉੱਤੇ ਹੈਕ ਕਰੋ
60 | github-desc=ਇਹ ਪੂਰਨ ਤੌਰ 'ਤੇ ਸੁਤੰਤਰ ਅਤੇ ਖੁੱਲ੍ਹਾ ਸਰੋਤ ਹੈ
61 | by-mozilla=ਕਿਸੇ ਦੇ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਜਿਸ 'ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਭਰੋਸਾ ਕਰਦੇ ਹੋ
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Firefox ਦੇ ਪਿੱਛੇ ਗ਼ੈਰ-ਲਾਭ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਵਿਕਸਿਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla ਦੁਆਰਾ ਤਿਆਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਂਦਾ ਹੈ
66 | join-us=ਸਾਡੇ ਨਾਲ ਰਲੋ
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pa/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/pa/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pai/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 | save=Chkwaach
11 | profit=Terabum ŕpo
12 |
13 | # More
14 |
15 | # Developers
16 |
17 | # Footer
18 |
19 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pl/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/pl/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ppl/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Mozilla kichijki Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | call-to-action=Shinechilwi ukchiupi
6 |
7 | # What
8 | what-title-in-context=Tay localización tik contextoj?
9 | context=Nikneki nikmati ne contextoj
10 |
11 | # How
12 | how-title=Ken tekiti?
13 | select=Shikishpejpena
14 | translate=Shikpata
15 | save=Shikana
16 | save-sub=ken tikpatak taja
17 | that-is-it=Nemika!
18 |
19 | # Footer
20 | join-us=Shimusentali tuwan
21 |
22 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pt-BR/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/pt-BR/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pt-PT/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/pt-PT/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/pt/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/pt/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/rm/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/rm/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ro/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ro/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ro/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Localizare contextualizată în Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon, creat de Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Localizare contextualizată
7 | headline-1=Localizează webul.
8 | headline-2=În același loc.
9 | call-to-action=Spune-mi mai multe
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Ce este localizarea contextualizată?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Aceasta îți permite să localizezi conținutul web pe loc, având contextul și limitările de spațiu vizibile în față.
14 | context=Înțelege contextul
15 | context-desc=Localizând pagina web direct pe pagina în sine, nu mai trebuie să îți faci griji dacă cuvântul pe care îl traduci este verb sau substantiv.
16 | space=Vezi limitările de spațiu
17 | space-desc=Evită distrugerea interfeței pentru utilizator prin vizualizarea a cât de mult spațiu este disponibil pentru traducerile tale, lucru deosebit de util pentru aplicații.
18 | preview=Obține previzualizare instantă
19 | preview-desc=Momentul în care trimiți traducerea, aceasta va înlocui textul original în pagina web, astfel făcându-te primul corector și tester.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Cum funcționează?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Localizarea contextualizată este o unealtă foarte simplă și intuitivă care necesită puține abilități tehnice pentru localizatori.
24 | hover=Planează
25 | hover-sub=peste conținutul web
26 | hover-desc=Mișcă cursorul peste titluri, linkuri, paragrafe și alte blocuri de text din pagină. Va apărea un dreptunghi cu linie întreruptă în jurul fiecărui bloc, iar asta va marca șirurile de text disponibile pentru localizare direct din pagină.
27 | select=Selectează
28 | select-sub=un bloc de text
29 | select-desc=Va apărea o bară de unelte deasupra dreptunghiului cu linie întreruptă, ceea ce permite selectarea textului respectiv pentru editare. Pentru edita, clic pe butonul Edit din bara de unelte sau dublu-clic oriunde în interiorul dreptunghiului.
30 | translate=Tradu
31 | translate-sub=textul selectat
32 | translate-desc=Când intri în modul de editare, întregul bloc de text va fi selectat. Poți începe să tastezi traducerea imediat în timp ce vezi contextul exact al textului sursă și spațiul disponibil pentru traducere.
33 | save=Salvează-ți
34 | save-sub=traducerea
35 | save-desc=Atunci când ești mulțumit de traducere, poți să o salvezi apăsând Enter sau dând clic pe pictograma de salvare din bara de unelte. Pentru a ieși din modul de traducere fără să salvezi schimbările, apasă Esc sau dă clic pe iconița de anulare din bara de unelte.
36 | that-is-it=Asta-i tot!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Meșterit de Mozilla
40 | join-us=Alătură-te nouă
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ru/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ru/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/scn/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Lucalizzazziuni nnô cuntestu di Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon di Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Lucalizzazziuni nnô cuntestu
7 | headline-1=Lucalizza u web.
8 | headline-2=Nnô cuntestu.
9 | call-to-action=Cchiù nfurmazziuna
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Soccu è a lucalizzazziuni nnô cuntestu?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Ti pirmetti di tradurri u cuntinutu unni s'attrova, cû so cuntestu e i so lìmiti di spazziu.
14 | context=Capisci u cuntestu
15 | context-desc=Traducennu la pàggina direttamenti unni s'attrova, nun t'hâ priuccupari cchiù dû cuntestu, p'asempiu si la palora chi stai traducennu è un verbu o un sustantivu.
16 | space=Vidi i lìmiti di spazziu
17 | space-desc=Nun rischi cchiù di rùmpiri a ntirfaccia di l'utenti, vidennu quantu spazziu ài dispunìbbili, spiciarmenti cu li app.
18 | preview=Antiprima stantania
19 | preview-desc=Quannu manni na traduzziuni, sustituisci u testu urigginali nnâ pàggina, accussì poi cuntrullari sùbbitu.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Comu funziona?
23 | how-desc-in-context=A lucalizzazziuni nnô cuntestu è nu strummentu assai simplici e ntuitivu chi nun abbisogna di particulari capacita' tècnichi pi èssiri usatu.
24 | hover=Passa u mouse
25 | hover-sub=supra li cuntinuta web
26 | hover-desc=Passa u mouse supra ntistazziuna, lijami, paràgrafi o autri blocchi di testu supra sta pàggina. Cumpariravi un rittàngulu trattiggiatu supra sti blocchi, signannu li frasi dispunìbbili pâ lucalizzazziuni.
27 | select=Scegghi
28 | select-sub=un bloccu di testu
29 | select-desc=Na barra dî strummenta cumpariravi supra u rittàngulu trattiggiatu, pirmittènnuti di scègghiri u bloccu di canciari. Po' cliccari u buttuni Cancia nnâ barra, o fari doppiu-click unn'è-è dintra ô tratteggiu.
30 | translate=Traduci
31 | translate-sub=u testu silizziunatu
32 | save=Sarba
33 | save-sub=a to traduzziuni
34 | that-is-it=Finisti!
35 |
36 | # Footer
37 | author=Criatu di Mozilla
38 | join-us=Jùnciti cu nuiautri
39 |
40 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/si/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/si/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sk/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/sk/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sk/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon - úvod
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon - úvod
6 | navigation-what=Čo
7 | navigation-how=Ako
8 | navigation-more=Viac
9 | navigation-developers=Vývojári
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon od Mozilly
13 | headline-1=Lokalizujte web.
14 | headline-2=Priamo na mieste.
15 | call-to-action=Dozvedieť sa viac
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Čo je Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon umožňuje prekladať webový obsah priamo na mieste s prehľadom o kontexte a dostupnom priestore priamo pred vami.
20 | context=Uvedomíte si kontext
21 | context-desc=Pri lokalizácií webovej stránky priamo na stránke už nebudete musieť premýšľať, či slovo, ktoré práve prekladáte, má byť podstatné meno alebo sloveso.
22 | space=Uvidíte, koľko máte miesta
23 | space-desc=Vyhnete sa rozbitiu používateľského rozhrania, pretože uvidíte, koľko máte na preklad miesta - to sa obzvlášť hodí pri aplikáciách.
24 | preview=Náhľad sa zobrazí okamžite
25 | preview-desc=Hneď po odoslaní bude pôvodný text webovej stránky nahradený prekladom, takže budete môcť ihneď vykonať prvé testovanie a korektúru.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Ako to funguje?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon je veľmi jednoduchý a intuitívny nástroj, ktorý k svojmu používaniu vyžaduje len minimálne alebo takmer žiadne technické vedomosti prekladateľov.
30 | hover=Prejdite myšou
31 | hover-sub=na obsah webu
32 | hover-desc=Prejdite myšou na nadpis, odkaz, odstavec alebo iný blok textu na tejto stránke. Okolo neho sa následne objaví prerušovaný obdĺžnik, ktorý vám vyznačí reťazce na preklad priamo na stránke.
33 | select=Vyberte
34 | select-sub=blok textu
35 | select-desc=Nad prerušovaným obdĺžnikom sa objaví nástrojový panel. Príslušný blok textu môžete začať upravovať kliknutím na ikonku upraviť alebo dvojklikom hocikde do priestoru obdĺžnika.
36 | translate=Preložte
37 | translate-sub=vybraný text
38 | translate-desc=Po vstupe do režimu úprav sa celý blok textu vyberie. Ihneď budete môcť začat písať svoj preklad, pričom uvidíte obsah zdrojového reťazca a aj koľko máte na svoj preklad miesta.
39 | save=Uložte
40 | save-sub=svoj preklad
41 | save-desc=Keď budete so svojim prekladom spokojný, uložíte ho stlačením klávesy Enter, alebo kliknutím na ikonku uložiť na paneli nástrojov. Režim prekladu možno tiež opustiť aj bez uloženia stlačením klávesy Esc, alebo kliknutím na ikonku zrušit na paneli nástrojov.
42 | profit=Čítať viac
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Čo ešte dokáže?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon je nástroj s režimom prekladu priamo na mieste, čo je jeho hlavnou výhodou oproti iným, ale má aj veľa ďalších výhod.
47 | qa=Kontrola kvality
48 | qa-desc=Preklady sú automaticky kontrolované pred ich uložením
49 | helpers=Prekladateľské pomôcky
50 | helpers-desc=Obsahuje nástroje ako pamäť prekladov, strojový preklad a iné podobné
51 | plurals=Podpora množného čísla
52 | plurals-desc=Reťazce obsahujúce množné číslo môžete prekladať do všetkých tvarov v každom jazyku
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Zapojte sa
56 | developers-desc=Ste vývojár a Pontoon vás zaujal? Je množstvo spôsobov, ako priložiť ruku k dielu.
57 | implement=Zapnite ho na svojich stránkach
58 | implement-desc=Pridajte skript a polovica je hotovo
59 | github=Nájdete ho na GitHube
60 | github-desc=Je úplne zadarmo, slobodný s otvoreným kódom
61 | by-mozilla=Od ľudí, ktorým veríte
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Vyvíjaný neziskovou organizáciou, ktorá stojí za prehliadačom Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Od Mozilly
66 | join-us=Pridajte sa k nám
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sl/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/sl/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sl/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Intro
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon Intro
6 | navigation-what=Kaj
7 | navigation-how=Kako
8 | navigation-more=Več
9 | navigation-developers=Razvijalci
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon, izdelek Mozille
13 | headline-1=Lokalizirajte splet.
14 | headline-2=Na spletu.
15 | call-to-action=Več o tem
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Kaj JE PONTOON?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon vam omogoča, da prevajate spletne strani z njihovo vsebino pred sabo.
20 | context=Razumite vsebino
21 | context-desc=S prevajanjem besedila na strani sami vam ni več potrebno skrbeti, ali je beseda, ki jo prevajate, glagol ali samostalnik.
22 | space=Oglejte si prostorske omejitve
23 | space-desc=Izognite se podrtju vsebin na spletni strani, tako da vidite natanko koliko prostora imate za prevod, kar je posebej priročno za aplikacije.
24 | preview=Takojšnji predogled
25 | preview-desc=V trenutku, ko shranite prevod, ta zamenja besedilo na spletni strani, kar vam omogoča takojšnji predogled.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=KAKO DELUJE?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon je preprost in intuitiven pripomoček, ki od prevajalcev ne zahteva posebnih tehničnih izkušenj za uporabo.
30 | hover=POMAKNITE SE
31 | hover-sub=čez vsebino spletne strani
32 | hover-desc=Pomaknite miškin kazalec na naslove, povezave, odstavke ali druge okvirčke z besedilom na tej strani. Okoli vsake vsebine se pojavi pravokotni okvirček, ki označuje nize, ki so na voljo za prevajanje na sami spletni strani.
33 | select=OZNAČITE
34 | select-sub=okvirček z besedilom
35 | select-desc=Nad pravokotnim okvirčkom se pojavi orodna vrstica, ki vam omogoča, da izberete pripadajoči okvirček z besedilom za urejanje. Da to storite, kliknite na gumb Uredi v orodni vrstici ali dvakrat kliknite kjerkoli znotraj pravokotnega okvirčka.
36 | translate=PREVEDITE
37 | translate-sub=izbrano besedilo
38 | translate-desc=Ko ste v načinu za urejanje, bo izbrano celotno besedilo. Besedilo lahko začnete prevajati takoj in hkrati vidite vsebino izvirnega besedila in prostor, ki je na voljo za vaš prevod.
39 | save=SHRANITE
40 | save-sub=vaš prevod
41 | save-desc=Ko ste s svojim prevodom zadovoljni, ga lahko shranite s pritiskom na tipko Enter ali klikom na gumb Shrani v orodni vrstici. Če želite zapustiti način za urejanje, brez da bi shranili spremembe, pritisnite tipko Esc ali gumb Prekliči v orodni vrstici.
42 | profit=SPOZNAJTE VEČ
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=KAJ ŠE LAHKO POČNE?
46 | more-desc=Pontoonov takojšnji način za urejanje je tisto, kar ga naredi najboljšega, ima pa tudi druge prednosti.
47 | qa=Preverjanje kakovosti
48 | qa-desc=Pred shranjevanjem sistem avtomatsko preveri kakovost prevoda
49 | helpers=Pomoč pri prevajanju
50 | helpers-desc=Pridobite pomoč iz zgodovine in od strojnega prevajalnika
51 | plurals=Podpora za množino
52 | plurals-desc=Nize lahko prevajate v vse množinske oblike v vašem jeziku
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=RAZVIJALCI
56 | developers-desc=Ste razvijalec in se zanimate za Pontoon? Vključite se lahko na več načinov.
57 | implement=Vključite ga na svojo spletno stran
58 | implement-desc=Dodajte skripto in ste že na pol poti
59 | github=Hekajte na GitHubu
60 | github-desc=Je popolnoma brezplačen in odprtokoden
61 | by-mozilla=Od nekoga, ki mu zaupate
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Izdelan s strani neprofitnih razvijalcev Firefoxa
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Izdelek organizacije Mozilla
66 | join-us=Pridružite se nam
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/son/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/son/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/son/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sq/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/sq/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sr/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/sr/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sv-SE/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/sv-SE/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sv-SE/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon från Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-1=Språkanpassa nätet.
6 | headline-2=På nätet.
7 | call-to-action=Berätta mer
8 |
9 | # What
10 | context=Förstå kontexten
11 | context-desc=Genom att språkanpassa en webbsida direkt på själva sidan, behöver du inte längre gissa om ordet du översätter är ett verb eller ett substantiv.
12 | space=Se platsbegränsningar
13 | space-desc=Du undviker att stöka till användargränssnittet eftersom du kan se hur mycket plats som är tillgänglig för dina översättningar. Särskilt användbart vid översättning av appar.
14 | preview=Förhandsgranska direkt
15 | preview-desc=I samma stund som du bekräftar din översättning, så ersätter den originaltexten på webbsidan. Du blir både korrekturläsare och testare.
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=Hur fungerar Pontoon?
19 | hover=Hovra
20 | hover-sub=över webbinnehåll
21 | hover-desc=För din muspekare över rubriker, länkar, stycken eller andra textavsnitt på den här webbsidan. En streckad rektangel kommer att visa sig kring vart och ett av dessa avsnitt och märker på så sätt ut de strängar, som är tillgängliga för översättning på själva sidan.
22 | select=Markera
23 | select-sub=ett textavsnitt
24 | select-desc=Det finns ett verktygsfält på ovansidan av den streckade rektangeln, som låter dig markera textavsnittet för redigering. För att göra det klickar du på redigeringsknappen i verktygsfältet eller dubbelklickar varsomhelst inom den streckade kantlinjen.
25 | translate=Översätt
26 | translate-sub=den markerade texten
27 | translate-desc=När du övergår till redigeringsläget kommer hela textavsnittet att markeras. Du kan börja skriva in din översättning direkt samtidigt som du ser kontexten för din källsträng och hur mycket plats som finns för din översättning.
28 | save=Spara
29 | save-sub=din översättning
30 | save-desc=Så snart du är nöjd med din översättning kan du spara den genom att trycka på Retur eller klicka på sparikonen i verktygsfältet. För att gå ur översättningsläget utan att spara några ändringar trycker du på Esc eller klickar på avbrytikonen i verktygsfältet.
31 |
32 | # Footer
33 | author=Utvecklat av Mozilla
34 | join-us=Gå med i Mozilla
35 |
36 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/sw/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/sw/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ta-LK/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ta-LK/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ta-LK/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ta/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ta/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/te/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/te/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/te/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon పరిచయం
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon పరిచయం
6 | navigation-what=ఏమిటి
7 | navigation-how=ఎలా
8 | navigation-more=ఇంకా
9 | navigation-developers=డెవలపర్లు
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla నుండి Pontoon
13 | headline-1=జాలాన్ని స్థానికీకరించండి.
14 | headline-2=ఎక్కడికక్కడే.
15 | call-to-action=ఇంకా చెప్పు
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon అంటే ఏమిటి?
19 | what-desc=జాల విషయాన్ని అక్కడిక్కడే, సందర్భ సహితంగా మీ ముందున్న ప్రాదేశిక పరిమితులతో, స్థానికీకరించడానికి Pontoon అనుమతిస్తుంది.
20 | context=సందర్భంలో అర్థం
21 | context-desc=పేజీకి వెబ్ పేజీ స్థానికీకరించడం ద్వారా, మీరు ఇకపై మీరు అనువదిస్తున్న పదం క్రియ లేదా నామవాచకం ఉంటే ఆందోళన అవసరం.
22 | space=ప్రాదేశిక పరిమితులు చూడండి
23 | space-desc=చాలా స్పేస్ మీ అనువాదాలు, ముఖ్యంగా ఆప్స్ కి ఉపయోగకరంగా అందుబాటులో ఉన్న ఎంత చూసిన యూజర్ ఇంటర్ఫేస్ బద్దలు నివారించేందుకు.
24 | preview=తక్షణ ప్రివ్యూ పొందండి
25 | preview-desc=మీకు అనువాదం సమర్పించిన క్షణం, మీరు మొదటి పరిశీలకుడు మరియు టెస్టర్ మేకింగ్, వెబ్ పేజీ లో వాస్తవ వచనాన్ని భర్తీ చేస్తుంది.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=ఇది ఎలా పనిచేస్తుంది?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon చాలా సరళమైన తేలికైన పనిముట్టు, దీన్ని వాడుకోడానికి స్థానికీకరులకు సాంకేతిక నైపుణ్యం అంతగా అవసరం లేదు.
30 | hover=హోవర్ చెయ్యండి
31 | hover-sub=జాల విషయం పైన
32 | hover-desc=శీర్షికలు లింకులు, పేరాలు లేదా ఇతర టెక్స్ట్ బ్లాక్స్ ఈ పేజీలో మీద మీ మౌస్ తరలించు. ఒక గీతల దీర్ఘచతురస్ర పేజీ పైనే స్థానికీకరణ అందుబాటులో ఉండే తీగలను మార్కింగ్, ఈ బ్లాక్లు ప్రతి చుట్టూ కనిపిస్తుంది.
33 | select=ఎంచుకొను
34 | select-sub=ఒక టెక్స్ట్ బ్లాక్
35 | select-desc=ఒక టూల్బార్ మీరు సవరణ కొరకు సంభందిత టెక్స్టు బ్లాక్ ఎంచుకోండి అనుమతిస్తుంది, గీతల దీర్ఘచతురస్ర పైన కనిపిస్తుంది. అలా చేయుటకు, గాని, టూల్బార్లో మార్చు బటన్పై క్లిక్ చేయండి లేదా గీతల సరిహద్దు లోపల ఎక్కడైనా డబుల్ క్లిక్ చేయండి.
36 | translate=అనువదించు
37 | translate-sub=ఎంచుకున్న పాఠం
38 | translate-desc=మీరు సంకలనం మోడ్ ఎంటర్ చేసినప్పుడు, మొత్తం టెక్స్ట్ బ్లాక్ ఎంచుకుంటారు. మీ సోర్స్ స్ట్రింగ్ యొక్క ఖచ్చితమైన సందర్భంలో చూసిన అయితే వెంటనే మీ అనువాదం టైప్ చెయ్యవచ్చు మరియు ఎంత స్థలం మీ అనువాదం అందుబాటులో ఉంది.
39 | save=భద్రపరచు
40 | save-sub=మీ అనువాదం
41 | save-desc=వెంటనే మీరు మీ అనువాదం తో సంతోషంగా ఉన్నాయి, మీరు ఎంటర్ నొక్కడం లేదా టూల్బార్లో చిహ్నం సేవ్ చేయడం ద్వారా సేవ్ చేయవచ్చు. సేవ్ మార్పులు, ప్రెస్ Esc లేకుండా అనువాదం మోడ్ విడిచి లేదా టూల్బార్లో రద్దు చిహ్నాన్ని క్లిక్ చేయండి.
42 | profit=ఇంకా తెలుసుకోండి
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=ఇంకా ఏం చెయ్యవచ్చు?
46 | more-desc=స్థానం అనువాదం రీతిలో బల్లకట్టులు ఇతరులు పైన అది ఉంచుతుంది ఏమిటి, కానీ ఇది కూడా అనేక ఇతర ప్రయోజనాలు ఉన్నాయి.
47 | qa=నాణ్యతా తనిఖీలు
48 | qa-desc=అనువాదాలు స్వయంచాలకంగా సేవ్ ముందు నాణ్యత కోసం సమీక్షిస్తుంది
49 | helpers=అనువాద సహాయకాలు
50 | helpers-desc=అనువాదం మెమరీ, యంత్ర అనువాదం మరియు ఇష్టపడ్డారు నుండి సహాయాన్ని పొందండి
51 | plurals=బహువచనాలకు తోడ్పాటు
52 | plurals-desc=బహువచనాలతో ఉంటే పదబంధాలను మీ భాషలో అన్ని బహువచన రూపాల్లోనూ అనువదించవచ్చు
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=పాల్గొనండి
56 | developers-desc=మీరు ఒక డెవలపరా, Pontoon అంటే ఆసక్తిగా ఉందా? మీరు రంగం లోనికి దూకేందుకు చాలా మార్గాలు ఉన్నాయి.
57 | implement=మీ సైట్ లో ప్రారంభించండి
58 | implement-desc=ఒక స్క్రిప్ట్ జోడించి మరియు మీరు సగం ద్వారా కొనసాగండి
59 | github=GitHubలో తోడ్పడండి
60 | github-desc=పూర్తిగా ఉచితం మరియు ఓపెన్ సోర్సు
61 | by-mozilla=మీరు విశ్వసించే వారిచే
62 | by-mozilla-desc=ఫైర్ఫాక్స్ వెనుక ఉన్న స్వచ్ఛంద సంస్థచే తయారుచేయబడింది
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=మొజిల్లా వారి తయారీ
66 | join-us=మాతో చేరండి
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/tg/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Муқаддимаи Понтон
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Муқаддимаи Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=Чист
7 | navigation-how=Чӣ тавр
8 | navigation-more=муфассалтар
9 | navigation-developers=коркардчиён
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon аз Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Интернетро тарҷума намо.
14 | headline-2=бе душворӣ.
15 | call-to-action=маълумоти бештар
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon чист?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon имконият медиҳад, то Шумо дар як ҷой бо тарҷума (мундариҷавӣ ва пунктуалӣ) машғул бошед.
20 | context=Фаҳмиши мундариҷа
21 | context-desc=Бо маҳалигардонии саҳифа дар худи саҳифа, шумо ташвиши масъалаи калима исм аст ё феъл намекашед.
22 | space=Дидани маҳдудиятҳои фосилаҳо
23 | space-desc=Бо дидани ҷой барои тарҷума имконият вайрон кардани интерфейси истифодабаранда аз байн меравад. Он барои замимаҳо хеле муфид аст.
24 | preview=Пешнамоишро дидан
25 | preview-desc=Дар лаҳзаи тарҷума он матнро ба веб-саҳифа мегузорад ва ҳамзамон шуморо таҳриргар ва тафтишгари аввалин мекунад.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Он чӣ тавр кор мекунад?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon воситаи хеле осон ва фаҳмост, ки маҳорати техникиро барои маҳалигардонӣ талаб намекунад.
30 | hover=Мушакро
31 | hover-sub=ба болои контент бубар
32 | hover-desc=Болои сарлавҳаҳо, ҳаволаҳо, абзатсҳо ва дигар элементҳои матн мушакро бар. Росткунаҷаи хаткашидаи бурида-бурида ҳар як блокро иҳота менамояд, ҳамзамон имконияти татарҷумаи ин қисми матн пайдо мешавад.
33 | select=Интихоб намо
34 | select-sub=блоки матниро
35 | select-desc=Дар болои чоркунҷаи хаткашидашуда панели асбобҳо пайдо мешавад, имконияти интихоби блоки матнии таҳриршаванда пайдо мешавад. Барои он ба тугмаи ТАҲРИР ё ду маротиба дохили чоркунҷаи ҷудогашта пахш намоед.
36 | translate=Матни интихобшударо
37 | translate-sub=тарҷума намо
38 | translate-desc=Ҳангоми дар реҷаи таҳрир будан, тамоми матн интихоб мешавад. Шумо чоп кардани тарҷумаи худро оғоз карда метавонед, вақте ки мундариҷаи дурусти маводи худро мебинед.
39 | save=Сабт намо
40 | save-sub=тарҷумаи худро
41 | save-desc=Баъди анҷоми тарҷума шумо онро бо пахши тугмаи Enter сабт карда метавонед. Барои баромадн аз тарҷума ё инкори он тугмаи Esc ё тугмаи инкорро дар панели асбобҳо пахш намоед
42 | profit=Маълумоти муфассал
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Боз кадом корҳоро ба анҷом расонида метавонам?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon ҷоест барои тарҷумаи сатҳи болотар аст, ҳамчунин он бисёр манфиатҳои дигар низ дорад.
47 | qa=Тафтиши сифат
48 | qa-desc=Тарҷума автоматикӣ пеш аз сабт тафтиши пешакӣ меёбад
49 | helpers=Ёварони тарҷума
50 | helpers-desc=Аз хотираи тарҷума, тарҷумаи мошинӣ ва дигар кумак бигир
51 | plurals=Дастгирии шумораи ҷамъ
52 | plurals-desc=Сатрҳо бо шумораи чамъ метавонанд дар шумораи ҷамъи гуногуни забонатони тарҷума гарданд
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Ҳамроҳ шудан
56 | developers-desc=Шумо коркадчие, ки шавқ ба Pontoon доред? Роҳҳои зиёде ҳаст, то дастони шумо бекор намонанд
57 | implement=Онро дар сайти худ тадбиқ намо
58 | implement-desc=Скрипт ҳамроҳ намо ва ними кор иҷро мешавад
59 | github=Онро шикан
60 | github-desc=Он пурра бемузд ва озодасос аст
61 | by-mozilla=Аз касе, ки ба ӯ боварӣ дорӣ
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Аз тарафи ташкилоти ғайрибуҷҷавии Firefox коркард шудааст
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Коркарди Mozilla
66 | join-us=Пайваст шав
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/th/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/th/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/th/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=บทนำ Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=บทนำ Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=อะไร
7 | navigation-how=อย่างไร
8 | navigation-more=เพิ่มเติม
9 | navigation-developers=นักพัฒนา
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon โดย Mozilla
13 | headline-1=แปลเว็บ
14 | headline-2=จากในเว็บ
15 | call-to-action=บอกฉันเพิ่มเติม
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon คืออะไร?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon ช่วยให้คุณแปลเนื้อหาเว็บจากในเว็บ โดยเห็นบริบทและข้อจำกัดในการจัดตำแหน่งตรงหน้าคุณ
20 | context=เข้าใจบริบท
21 | context-desc=โดยการแปลหน้าเว็บในหน้าเว็บนั้นเอง คุณไม่ต้องกังวลอีกต่อไปว่าคำที่คุณกำลังแปลเป็นกริยาหรือคำนาม
22 | space=เห็นข้อจำกัดในการจัดตำแหน่ง
23 | space-desc=หลีกเลี่ยงการแสดงผลผิดพลาดโดยการแปลแบบเห็นพื้นที่บนหน้าจอที่คำแปลใช้จริงซึ่งเป็นประโยชน์โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งในการแปลแอป
24 | preview=ดูตัวอย่างได้ทันที
25 | preview-desc=ขณะที่คุณส่งข้อมูลการแปล คำแปลจะแทนที่ข้อความเดิมในหน้าเว็บ ทำให้คุณเป็นผู้พิสูจน์อักษรและผู้ทดสอบคนแรก
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=ทำงานอย่างไร?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon เป็นเครื่องมือที่เรียบง่ายและใช้ง่ายมาก จึงใช้ทักษะทางเทคนิคเพียงเล็กน้อยหรือแทบไม่ต้องใช้เลยสำหรับนักแปล
30 | hover=วางเมาส์
31 | hover-sub=เหนือเนื้อหาเว็บ
32 | hover-desc=เคลื่อนย้ายเมาส์เหนือหัวเรื่อง ลิงก์ ย่อหน้า หรือ กรอบข้อความอื่นๆ ในหน้าเว็บนี้ สี่เหลี่ยมเส้นประจะปรากฏขึ้นรอบกรอบข้อความนั้นเพื่อทำเครื่องหมายระบุว่าในหน้าเว็บนั้นข้อความใดที่สามารถจะแปลได้
33 | select=เลือก
34 | select-sub=กรอบข้อความ
35 | select-desc=แถบเครื่องมือที่ปรากฏเหนือกรอบสี่เหลี่ยมเส้นประ ทำให้คุณสามารถเลือกกลุ่มข้อความที่จะทำการแก้ไขได้ เพื่อทำการแก้ไขทำได้โดยการคลิกที่ปุ่มแก้ไขบนแถบเครื่องมือ หรือดับเบิลคลิกได้ทุกที่ภายในกรอบเส้นประ
36 | translate=แปล
37 | translate-sub=ข้อความที่เลือก
38 | translate-desc=เมื่อคุณเข้าสู่โหมดแก้ไข ข้อความในกรอบทั้งหมดจะถูกเลือก คุณสามารถเริ่มพิมพ์การแปลของคุณได้ทันทีโดยคุณจะเห็นบริบทจริงตามข้อความต้นฉบับและพื้นที่ที่คำแปลของคุณใช้
39 | save=บันทึก
40 | save-sub=การแปลของคุณ
41 | save-desc=เมื่อคุณพึงพอใจกับการแปลของคุณแล้ว คุณสามารถบันทึกโดยการกด Enter หรือ คลิกที่ไอคอน บันทึก ในแถบเครื่องมือ ในการออกจากการแปลโดยไม่บันทึก กด Esc หรือ คลิกที่ไอคอน ยกเลิก ในแถบเครื่องมือ
42 | profit=เรียนรู้เพิ่มเติม
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=ยังทำอะไรได้อีก?
46 | more-desc=โหมดแปลในหน้าเหมือนจริงของ Pontoon ทำให้ Pontoon เหนือกว่าระบบอื่น แต่ก็ยังมีประโยชน์ด้านอื่นๆ อีกด้วย
47 | qa=การตรวจสอบคุณภาพ
48 | qa-desc=มีการตรวจสอบคุณภาพการแปลอัตโนมัติก่อนที่จะบันทึกคำแปล
49 | helpers=ตัวช่วยในการแปล
50 | helpers-desc=หน่วยความจำการแปล เครื่องแปลภาษา และคำแปลภาษาอื่นเป็นตัวช่วย
51 | plurals=การรองรับพหูพจน์
52 | plurals-desc=สามารถแปลข้อความที่มีคำในรูปพหูพจน์ไปอยู่ในรูปพหูพจน์ทั้งหมดในภาษาของคุณ
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=มีส่วนร่วม
56 | developers-desc=คุณเป็นนักพัฒนาที่สนใจ Pontoon ไหม? มีหลายอย่างที่คุณจะได้ลงมือทำจริง
57 | implement=เปิดใช้ในเว็บไซต์ของคุณ
58 | implement-desc=เพิ่มสคริปต์ คุณมาครึ่งทางแล้ว
59 | github=ร่วมพัฒนาได้ที่ GitHub
60 | github-desc=ฟรีและเปิดต้นฉบับอย่างสมบูรณ์
61 | by-mozilla=โดยคนที่คุณเชื่อถือได้
62 | by-mozilla-desc=พัฒนาโดยไม่แสวงกำไรภายใต้ Firefox
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=โดยฝีมือของ Mozilla
66 | join-us=เข้าร่วมกับเรา
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/tl/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/tl/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/tr/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/tr/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/tr/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Pontoon Tanıtımı
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Pontoon'a Giriş
6 | navigation-what=Nedir
7 | navigation-how=Nasıl
8 | navigation-more=Daha fazla bilgi
9 | navigation-developers=Geliştiriciler
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Mozilla'dan Pontoon
13 | headline-1=Web'i yerelleştirin,
14 | headline-2=Hem de tek bir yerden.
15 | call-to-action=Biraz daha anlat
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Pontoon nedir?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon, web içeriklerini yerinde çevirmenizi, böylece bağlamsal sorunları anında görmenizi sağlar.
20 | context=İçeriği anlayın
21 | context-desc=Web sayfasını doğrudan sayfa üzerinde yerelleştirebilirsiniz. Artık çevirdiğiniz kelimenin fiil mi yoksa isim mi olduğunu düşünmeyeceksiniz.
22 | space=Sınırlamaları gözlerinizle görün
23 | space-desc=Çeviriniz için ne kadar yer olduğunu görebilecek, böylece kullanıcı arayüzünü bozmadan çeviri yapabileceksiniz.
24 | preview=Anında ön izleyin
25 | preview-desc=Çevirinizi gönderdiğiniz anda web sayfasındaki orijinal metin değişir. Çevirinizi ilk okuyan ve test eden siz olursunuz.
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=Nasıl çalışır?
29 | how-desc=Pontoon, çevirmenler için çok az teknik beceri gerektiren, basit ve sezgisel bir araçtır.
30 | hover=Web içeriğinin
31 | hover-sub=üzerine gidin
32 | hover-desc=Fare imlecinizi başlıkların, bağlantıların, paragrafların ve diğer yazıların üstüne sürükleyin. Yazıların etrafında kesik çizgili bir dikdörtgen belirerek sayfa üzerinde çevirebileceğiniz kısımları işaretleyecektir.
33 | select=Bir metin blokunu
34 | select-sub=seçin
35 | select-desc=Kesik çizgili dikdörtgenin üstünde, düzenlemek üzere ilgili yazıyı seçmenize olanak veren bir araç çubuğu belirecektir. Düzenlemek için araç çubuğundaki Düzenle düğmesine tıklayabilir veya dikdörtgen içindeki herhangi bir yere çift tıklayabilirsiniz.
36 | translate=Seçilen
37 | translate-sub=metni çevirin
38 | translate-desc=Düzenleme moduna girdiğinizde tüm yazı seçilecek. Çeviri yaparken asıl yazıyı görebilir, çeviri için ne kadar karakter daha yazabileceğinizi görebilirsiniz.
39 | save=Çevirinizi
40 | save-sub=kaydedin
41 | save-desc=Çevirinizden menunsanız Enter'a basarak veya araç çubuğundaki kaydet simgesine tıklayarak kaydedebilirsiniz. Değişiklikleri kaydetmeden çeviri modundan çıkmak isterseniz Esc tuşuna basın veya araç çubuğundaki iptal simgesine tıklayın.
42 | profit=Daha fazla bilgi alın
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=Başka ne yapabiliyor?
46 | more-desc=Pontoon, yerinde çeviri moduyla rakiplerinden ayrılıyor ama başka avantajları da var.
47 | qa=Kalite kontrolleri
48 | qa-desc=Çeviriler kaydedilmeden önce otomatik kalite kontrolü yapılır
49 | helpers=Çeviri yardımcıları
50 | helpers-desc=Çeviri belleğinden, makine çevirisinden ve benzerlerinden yardım alabilirsiniz
51 | plurals=Çoğul desteği
52 | plurals-desc=Çoğul sözcük içeren dizgilerin dilinizdeki tüm çoğul formlarına çevirisi yapılabilir
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=Siz de katılın
56 | developers-desc=Pontoon'la ilgilenen bir geliştirici misiniz? İşe başlamak için birkaç yolunuz var.
57 | implement=Kendi sitenizde kullanın
58 | implement-desc=Script'i eklemek bitirmenin yarısıdır
59 | github=GitHub'da geliştirin
60 | github-desc=Tamamen ücresiz ve açık kaynaklı
61 | by-mozilla=Güvendiğiniz insanlar geliştirdi
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Firefox'un arkasındaki kâr amacı gütmeyen güç
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla tarafından hazırlandı
66 | join-us=Bize katılın
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/tsz/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/tsz/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/tsz/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontoom inchap'ikwa
5 | navigation-what=Ampe
6 | navigation-how=Nena
7 | navigation-more=Sánteru ampe
8 | navigation-developers=Kw'íriperariecha
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Pontoom Mozillaeri
12 | headline-1=K'éri xurukwani mayoparata.
13 | headline-2=Chinio weratini.
14 | call-to-action=Arhirini sánteru
15 |
16 | # What
17 | what-title=Ampeski Pontoon
18 | what-desc=Pontoon jarhoatasïntikini k'éri xurukwani mayoparatani chínio weratini, ka exerapasïntikini ampe mánka no sési jaka.
19 | context=Kurhanku nena úrani
20 | context-desc=Eranharhikukwani mayoparatapani, áamkutaruri wantanhiaa na jáasï wantakwaeski énkari mayoparatani jaka, éska úkwa ampe.
21 | space=Exe kónharhikwani
22 | space-desc=Áamkuri kári karanharhikwa énkari exepani jawaka ná manka xáni konharhikwarhu mayoparatani jakiri, ka kanikwamintu marhuasïnti úratarakwaechani jinkoni.
23 |
24 | # How
25 |
26 | # More
27 |
28 | # Developers
29 |
30 | # Footer
31 |
32 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/uk/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/uk/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/uk/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Контекстна мережна локалізація за допомогою Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon від Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Контекстна локалізація
7 | headline-1=Локалізуй Інтернет.
8 | headline-2=На місці.
9 | call-to-action=Дізнатися більше
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Що таке контекстна локалізація?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Вона дозволяє локалізувати вебвміст безпосередньо на сторінці, з видимими контекстними та просторовими обмеженнями.
14 | context=Розуміння контексту
15 | context-desc=Перекладаючи вебсторінку безпосередньо, вам більше не доведеться хвилюватись, що слово, яке ви перекладаєте, є іменником чи дієсловом.
16 | space=Перегляд просторових обмежень
17 | space-desc=Уникайте невідповідностей інтерфейсу користувача, переглядаючи скільки вільного простору доступно для ваших перекладів, що є особливо корисним для перекладу програм.
18 | preview=Миттєвий попередній перегляд
19 | preview-desc=В момент надсилання перекладу, він замінює оригінальний текст на вебсторінці, роблячи вас одночасно першим читачем та випробувачем.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Як це працює?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Контекстна локалізація — надзвичайно простий та інтуїтивно зрозумілий засіб, що вимагає від початкових до жодних технічних навичок локалізації.
24 | hover=Переміщуйтесь
25 | hover-sub=вебвмістом
26 | hover-desc=Наводьте свою мишку на заголовки, посилання, розділи чи інші текстові блоки на цій сторінці. Навколо кожного такого блоку з'явиться прямокутник з пунктирної лінії, роблячи таким чином цей блок доступним для локалізації безпосередньо на сторінці.
27 | select=Виберіть
28 | select-sub=текстовий блок
29 | select-desc=Над прямокутником з пунктирної лінії з'являється панель інструментів, дозволяючи вам вибрати відповідний текстовий блок для редагування. Щоб зробити це, натисніть на кнопку редагування в цій панелі або зробіть подвійний клік будь-де всередині прямокутника.
30 | translate=Перекладіть
31 | translate-sub=виділений текст
32 | translate-desc=Після переходу в режим редагування, буде виділено весь текст відповідного блоку. Ви одразу ж можете почати введення свого перекладу, переглядаючи точний початковий текст та наявність вільного простору для перекладу.
33 | save=Збережіть
34 | save-sub=ваш переклад
35 | save-desc=Коли ви будете впевненні в правильності перекладу, ви можете зберегти його, натиснувши Enter, або відповідну піктограму на панелі інструментів. Для виходу з режиму перекладу без збереження змін натисніть Esc, або відповідну піктограму на панелі інструментів.
36 | that-is-it=Це все!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Створений у Mozilla
40 | join-us=Долучитися
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ur/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/ur/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/ur/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 |
3 | # Header
4 | headline-1=ویب کو مقامی بنائیں۔
5 | headline-2=ایک جگہ پر۔
6 | call-to-action=مزید دیکھئے
7 |
8 | # What
9 |
10 | # How
11 | how-title=یہ کیسے کم کرتا ہے؟
12 | hover-sub=ویب مشمول پر
13 | select=منتخب کریں
14 | select-sub=ایک ٹیکسٹ باکس
15 | translate=ترجمہ
16 | translate-sub=منتحب کردہ ٹیکسٹ
17 | save=محفوظ کریں
18 |
19 | # Footer
20 | author=Mozilla کی طرف سےبنایا گیا
21 | join-us=ہمرے ساتھ شامل ہوں
22 |
23 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/uz/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/uz/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/uz/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 | navigation-title=Pontoon haqida
5 | navigation-what=Nima
6 | navigation-how=Qanday
7 | navigation-more=Yana
8 | navigation-developers=Dasturchilar
9 |
10 | # Header
11 | upper-title=Mozilla kompaniyasiga tegishli Pontoon xizmati yordamida
12 | headline-2=TARJIMA QILishingiz mumkin!
13 | call-to-action=Batafsil
14 |
15 | # What
16 | what-title=Pontoon – nima?
17 |
18 | # How
19 | save=Tarjimalarni
20 |
21 | # More
22 |
23 | # Developers
24 |
25 | # Footer
26 |
27 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/vec/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | main-title=Pontoon by Mozilla
3 |
4 | # Header
5 | headline-0=Localixasion contestuaƚe
6 | headline-1=Localixa el Web.
7 | headline-2=Ne'l contesto.
8 | call-to-action=Altre informasion
9 |
10 | # What
11 | what-title-in-context=Cosa xeƚa ƚa localixasion contestuaƚe?
12 | context=Contesto ciaro
13 | space=Limiti de spasio
14 | preview=Anteprima en tenpo reaƚe
15 | preview-desc=Ne'l momento che te mandi la tradusion, sta cua sostituise el testo originaƚe ne ƚa pagina web, fasendote ti el primo verificatore.
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=En che modo funsiona
19 | hover=Pasa el mouse
20 | hover-sub=Su i contenudi web
21 | select=Seƚesiona
22 | select-sub=on tòco de testo
23 | select-desc=Na bara de i stromenti la aparirà sora a'l rettangolo trategià. Par modìfegare el bloco de testo corispondente strucare el boton Modìfega ne la bara, o fare dopio clic en on punto cualuncue a el interno de'l retangolo.
24 | translate=Traduxi
25 | translate-sub=el testo selesionà
26 | translate-desc=Cò se entra en modalità modìfega, vegnerà selesionà l’intero bloco de testo. Te poi inisiare a digitare diretamente ƚa to tradusion, gavendo a dispoxision el contesto preciso e el spasio disponibiƚe.
27 | save=Salva
28 | save-sub=la to tradusion
29 | save-desc=Pena te si sodisfato de ƚa tradusion te poi salvarƚa strucando Manda o faxendo clic so'l boton Salva ne ƚa bara de i stromenti. Par abandonare la tradusion sensa salvare, strucare Esc o selesionare el boton Anula ne ƚa bara de i stromenti.
30 |
31 | # Footer
32 | author=Realixà da Mozilla
33 | join-us=Coƚabora
34 |
35 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/vi/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/vi/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/vi/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Bản địa hóa trong ngữ cảnh trong Pontoon
3 | main-title=Pontoon bởi Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=Bản địa hóa trong ngữ cảnh
7 | headline-1=Bản địa hóa web.
8 | headline-2=Ngay tại chỗ.
9 | call-to-action=Tìm hiểu thêm
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=Bản địa hóa trong ngữ cảnh là gì?
13 | what-desc-in-context=Nó cho phép bạn bản địa hóa nội dung web tại chỗ, với các giới hạn về bối cảnh và không gian ngay trước bạn.
14 | context=Hiểu được ngữ cảnh đang sử dụng
15 | context-desc=Bằng cách bản địa hóa ngay tại trang web đó, bạn sẽ không còn phải thắc mắc rằng từ bạn đang dịch là một danh từ hay là một động từ.
16 | space=Thấy được những phần không gian gới hạn
17 | space-desc=Tránh làm hỏng giao diện người dùng bằng cách nhìn xem phần không gian còn lại để dịch là bao nhiêu, đây là một tính năng rất hữu ích cho các ứng dụng.
18 | preview=Xem trước trực tiếp
19 | preview-desc=Khi bạn dịch, bản dịch mới sẽ thay thế các chữ cái có sẵn trên trang web, khiến bạn trở thành người đầu tiên kiểm tra bản dịch.
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Nó hoạt động như thế nào?
23 | how-desc-in-context=Bản địa hóa trong ngữ cảnh là một công cụ rất đơn giản và trực quan, đòi hỏi ít hoặc không có kỹ năng kỹ thuật cho người bản địa hóa để sử dụng.
24 | hover=Rê chuột lên
25 | hover-sub=trên nội dung web
26 | hover-desc=Di chuyển con trỏ chuột vào các tiêu đề, liên kết, đoạn văn hoặc các văn bản khác trên trang này. Một hình chữ nhật với các vạch nét đứt sẽ hiện ra bao quanh các phần đó, đánh dấu những kí tự có thể bản địa hóa ngay tại trang đó.
27 | select=Chọn
28 | select-sub=một khối văn bản
29 | select-desc=Một hộp thanh công cụ hiện lên trên hình chữ nhật, cho phép bạn lựa chọn khối văn bản tương ứng để chỉnh sửa. Để làm như thể, bạn có thể click chuột vào nút Edit trên thanh công cụ hoặc click đúp chuột vào mọi nơi trong khung hình chữ nhật.
30 | translate=Dịch
31 | translate-sub=văn bản đã chọn
32 | translate-desc=Khi bạn vào chế độ chỉnh sửa, toàn bộ khối văn bản sẽ được chọn. Bạn có thể bắt đầu thêm bản dịch của bạn ngay tức thì trong khi xem phần không gian có sẵn để bạn dịch là bao nhiêu.
33 | save=Lưu lại
34 | save-sub=bản dịch của bạn
35 | save-desc=Ngay khi bạn hài lòng với bản dịch của mình, bạn có thể lưu chúng bằng cách nhấn Enter hoặc click vào nút lưu trên thanh công cụ. Để thoát khỏi chế độ dịch mà không lưu lại, bấm Esc hoặc click vào nút Cancel trên thanh công cụ.
36 | that-is-it=Đó là tất cả!
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Được tạo bởi Mozilla
40 | join-us=Tham gia cùng chúng tôi
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/wo/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/wo/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/wo/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 | title=Tambali ci Pontoon
3 |
4 | # Navigation
5 | navigation-title=Door ci Pontoon
6 | navigation-what=LAN
7 | navigation-how=NAN
8 | navigation-more=LENEEN
9 | navigation-developers=SUQALIKAT
10 |
11 | # Header
12 | upper-title=Pontoon bu Mozilla
13 | headline-1=Barabal web bi.
14 | headline-2=Ca fa mu nekk.
15 | call-to-action=Wax ma ci leneen
16 |
17 | # What
18 | what-title=Luy Pontoon?
19 | what-desc=Pontoon dalay may nga man a tekki ëmbiitu web ci barabu jëfandikoom, ngay gisaale diir bi mu laaj.
20 | context=Nànd jëfandikoom
21 | context-desc=Sooy tekki xëtu web ci biir xët wi ci boppam, soxlaatoo xam ndax baat bi ag jëf la walla tur.
22 | space=Gis diir bi mu laaj
23 | space-desc=Moytuloo di dog-dogee jokkalekaayu jëfandikukat bi ci di la won dig-digal bi sa tekki xaj. Di lu am-solo ci jëfekaay yu wootekaay yi.
24 | preview=Gis ag wonendi saa-su-ne
25 | preview-desc=Ci jamono ji ngay yónnee ab tekki, ci lay wuutoo mbind mi nekkoon ci xëtu web wi, nga doon ki ko njëkk a gis
26 |
27 | # How
28 | how-title=NU MUY DOXEE
29 | how-desc=Pontoon jumtukaay la bu yomb te neex a nànd, li mu laaj ci xam-xamu xarala bariwul ngir barabalkat yi man koo jëfandikoo
30 | hover=ROMBAL
31 | hover-sub=ci kaw ag ëmbéefu web
32 | hover-desc=Rombalal sa janax ci kaw ab koj, ab lëkkalekaay, ab xise walla yeneen danki mbind yi ci xët wii. Ab ñeentikoñ bu dog-doge mooy feeñ ci li wër dank yooyu, fésal mbind yi nekk ci xët wi yiñ war a barabal.
33 | select=FAL
34 | select-sub=ab danku mbind
35 | select-desc=Ab bànqaasu jumtukaay feeñ ci kaw ñeentikoñ bu dog-doge bi, may la nga man a fal danku mbind bi ngir coppiteem. Ngir def loolu, kligal ci bësu bu Soppi ci bànqaasu jumtukaay bi, walla def ñaari-klig fu la neex ci biir ñeentikoñ bu dog-doge bi.
36 | translate=TEKKI
37 | translate-sub=mbing miñ fal
38 | translate-desc=Soo nekkee ci anamu soppi, danku mbind meppay falu. Man ngaa tàmbalee tekki fa saa sa, ci jenn jamono ji ngay gisaale ni sa tekkiit di mel soo noppe te it gisaale dig-digal biñ ko jagleel ci xët wi.
39 | save=DENC
40 | save-sub=sa tekkiit
41 | save-desc=Su la sa tekkiit neexee, man nga koo denc soo bësee 'Enter' (Dugg) walla klig denc ci bànqaasu jumtukaay bi. Ngir génn ci "Anamu Tekki" gi te bañ a denc coppite yi, bësal 'Esc' (Génn) walla nga klig neenal ci bànqaasu jumtukaay bi.
42 | profit=YENEENI XIBAAR
43 |
44 | # More
45 | more-title=LENEEN LAN LAA MAN A DEF?
46 | more-desc=Yombaayu Anam gi ñuy tekkee ci Pontoon mooy dooleem, waaye am na itam yeneeni mbaax
47 | qa=Saytu baaxaay
48 | qa-desc=Tekkiit gi dañuy saytu baaxaayam ci saa si laataa ñu koy denc
49 | helpers=Dimbalikaayu tekki
50 | helpers-desc=Amee ndimbal ci fàttalikug tekki yi weesu
51 | plurals=Ndimbal ci bariwaayu ab baat
52 | plurals-desc=Baat bu bari di nañ ko man a tekki ci bépp anamu baril ab baat ci sa kàllaama
53 |
54 | # Developers
55 | developers-title=BOKK CI
56 | developers-desc=Ab suqalikat nga, Pontoon yitteel na la? Am na anam yu bari yoo ci man a jàppee.
57 | implement=Doxal ko ci sa dal
58 | implement-desc=Yokk nga ci ab script rekk mooy def nga xaaju liggéey bi
59 | github=Yokk ko ci GitHub
60 | github-desc=Nekk lu amul-fay te di it lu ubbeeku
61 | by-mozilla=Koo wóoloo ko defar
62 | by-mozilla-desc=Kureel gi ci ginnaaw Firefox moo ko defar
63 |
64 | # Footer
65 | author=Mozilla moo ko defar
66 | join-us=Fekksi nu
67 |
68 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/xh/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/xh/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/xh/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/yo/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/yo/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zgh/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=ⴰⵙⵙⴷⵖⵔ ⴳ ⵓⵎⵏⴰⴹ ⴳ ⴱⵓⵏⵜⵓⵏ
3 | main-title=ⴱⵓⵏⵜⵓⵏ ⵙⴳ ⵖⵓⵔ ⵎⵓⵣⵉⵍⴰ
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=ⴰⵙⵙⴷⵖⵔ ⴳ ⵓⵎⵏⴰⴹ
7 | headline-1=ⵙⵙⴷⵖⵔⴰⵜ ⴰⵡⵉⴱ.
8 | headline-2=ⴳ ⵓⴷⵖⴰⵔ.
9 | call-to-action=ⵉⵏⵢⴰⵜ ⵉⵢⵉ ⴷ ⵓⴳⴳⴰⵔ
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=ⵎⴰ'ⵢ ⵉⴳⴰ ⵓⵙⵙⴷⵖⵔ ⴳ ⵓⵎⵏⴰⴹ?
13 | what-desc-in-context=ⴷⴰ ⴽⵯⵏ ⵉⵜⵜⴰⵊⵊⴰ ⴰⴷ ⵜⵙⵙⴷⵖⵔⵎ ⵜⵓⵎⴰⵢⵜ ⵏ ⵓⵡⵉⴱ ⴳ ⵓⴷⵖⴰⵔ, ⴰⴽⴷ ⵓⵎⵏⴰⴹ ⴷ ⵉⵙⵡⵓⵜⵜⴰ ⴰⵍⵍⵓⵏⴰⵏⵏ ⵍⵍⴰⵏⵉⵏ ⵎⵏⵉⴷ ⵏⵏⵓⵏ.
14 | context=ⵔⵎⵙⴰⵜ ⴰⵎⵏⴰⴹ
15 | space=ⵥⵕⴰⵜ ⵉⵙⵡⵓⵜⵜⴰ ⴰⵍⵍⵓⵏⴰⵏⵏ
16 |
17 | # How
18 | how-title=ⵎⴰⵏⵎⴽ ⴷⴰ ⵉⵙⵡⵓⵔⵓⵢ?
19 | hover=ⴰⴼⴳⴰⵜ
20 | hover-sub=ⵏⵏⵉⴳ ⵜⵓⵎⴰⵢⵜ ⵏ ⵓⵡⵉⴱ
21 | select=ⵙⵜⵢⴰⵜ
22 | translate=ⵙⵙⵓⵖⵍⴰⵜ
23 | translate-sub=ⴰⴹⵕⵉⵚ ⵉⵜⵜⵓⵙⵜⵢⵏ
24 | save=ⵃⴹⵡⴰⵜ
25 | save-sub=ⵜⴰⵙⵓⵖⵍⵜ ⵏⵏⵓⵏ
26 | that-is-it=ⵓⴽⴰⵏ!
27 |
28 | # Footer
29 | author=ⵉⵜⵜⵓⵙⴽⵔ ⵙⴳ ⵖⵓⵔ ⵎⵓⵣⵉⵍⴰ
30 | join-us=ⵍⴽⵎⴰⵜ ⴰⵖ
31 |
32 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zh-CN/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/zh-CN/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zh-CN/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=Pontoon 中的上下文本地化
3 | main-title=Mozilla 打造的 Pontoon
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=上下文本地化
7 | headline-1=将你的网站本地化，在网站上直接翻译。
8 | headline-2=
9 | call-to-action=详细了解
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=上下文本地化是什么？
13 | what-desc-in-context=Pontoon 让你就在“原处”本地化 Web 内容，上下文和空间限制皆在眼前。
14 | context=理解上下文
15 | context-desc=在网页上即可翻译网页，不再为在翻译的单词是个动词还是个名词而发愁。
16 | space=看到空间限制
17 | space-desc=直接就能看到有多少空间留给你的翻译，避免扰乱用户界面。这对应用尤其有用。
18 | preview=获得即时预览
19 | preview-desc=一旦翻译提交，它就会替代网页上的原有文本，第一时间完成校对与测试。
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=怎么使用？
23 | how-desc-in-context=上下文本地化是一个非常简单且直观的工具，本地化人员使用它只需要很少的非技术能力。
24 | hover=鼠标
25 | hover-sub=悬停在网页上
26 | hover-desc=将鼠标移到标题、链接、段落或此页面的其他文本块上。虚线框周围会出现这些块，标志着可用于本地化页面本身的字符串。
27 | select=选择
28 | select-sub=一个文本块
29 | select-desc=虚线矩形上面会出现一个工具栏，允许您选择相应的文本块进行编辑。点击工具栏中的编辑按钮，或者双击虚线边界内的任何地方即可编辑。
30 | translate=翻译
31 | translate-sub=选中的文本
32 | translate-desc=当你进入编辑模式，整个文本块将被选中。您可以立即开始你的翻译，同时你能看到源字符串的具体语境和剩余空间。
33 | save=保存
34 | save-sub=您的翻译
35 | save-desc=如果你对自己的翻译满意，可以直接按回车键或单击工具栏上的保存图标。要想退出翻译模式而不保存更改，按 Esc 键或者单击工具栏上的取消图标就行了。
36 | that-is-it=就这么简单！
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=Mozilla 出品
40 | join-us=加入我们
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zh-HK/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 |
3 | # Header
4 |
5 | # What
6 | context=理解背景
7 | preview=即時預覽
8 |
9 | # How
10 | translate=翻譯
11 | translate-sub=已被選取的文字
12 | save=儲存
13 | save-sub=你嘅翻譯
14 | that-is-it=就係咁喇！
15 |
16 | # Footer
17 | author=由 Mozilla 精心打造
18 | join-us=加入我們
19 |
20 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zh-TW/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/zh-TW/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zh-TW/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title
2 | title-tag=使用 Pontoon 進行「情境中在地化」
3 | main-title=Pontoon by Mozilla
4 |
5 | # Header
6 | headline-0=情境中在地化
7 | headline-1=直接在網頁中
8 | headline-2=翻譯網頁
9 | call-to-action=多告訴我一點
10 |
11 | # What
12 | what-title-in-context=「情境中在地化」是什麼？
13 | what-desc-in-context=Pontoon 讓您可以直接在網頁中翻譯網頁內容，這樣就可以即時調整文字脈絡與版面設計。
14 | context=了解脈絡
15 | context-desc=直接在網頁裡翻譯，您就不需要擔心現在這個詞彙到底是動詞還是名詞。
16 | space=了解長度限制
17 | space-desc=了解有多少空間可供翻譯使用，這樣就不會把版面擠爆，對於 Apps 來說相當重要。
18 | preview=即時預覽
19 | preview-desc=您送出翻譯的同時就能夠在網頁中取代原有的字串，您就可以進行初步的校正與測試。
20 |
21 | # How
22 | how-title=Pontoon 的原理是什麼？
23 | how-desc-in-context=「情境中在地化」是一套非常簡單且直覺的工具，翻譯者不需要什麼技術能力就能使用。
24 | hover=滑過網頁內容
25 | hover-sub=
26 | hover-desc=將滑鼠游標滑過標題、鏈結、段落或網頁中的任何文字區塊，這些區塊的周圍就會出現虛線框，告訴您這些文字需進行翻譯。
27 | select=選擇文字區塊
28 | select-sub=
29 | select-desc=虛線框上會出現一個工具列，讓您可選擇相對應的文字框進行編輯。只要單擊工具列中的編輯按鈕，或是雙擊虛線框中的任何地方就能進入編輯模式。
30 | translate=翻譯所選文字
31 | translate-sub=
32 | translate-desc=當您進入編輯模式後，會自動選取整個文字框。您可以在看到原文的完整脈絡與文字框尺寸後，直接開始輸入文字進行翻譯。
33 | save=儲存翻譯結果
34 | save-sub=
35 | save-desc=當您翻譯完成後，就可以直接按下 Enter 或點擊工具列中的「儲存」按鈕來儲存譯文。若要放棄修改，離開翻譯模式，則可按下 Esc 鍵或點擊工具列中的「取消」按鈕。
36 | that-is-it=就這樣！
37 |
38 | # Footer
39 | author=由 Mozilla 打造
40 | join-us=加入我們
41 |
42 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zu/.keep:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mozilla/pontoon-intro/b66727e8137011528eee98fa6809c8300d4b917d/locales/zu/.keep
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/locales/zu/messages.properties:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | # Title tag
2 |
3 | # Navigation
4 |
5 | # Header
6 |
7 | # What
8 |
9 | # How
10 |
11 | # More
12 |
13 | # Developers
14 |
15 | # Footer
16 |
17 |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------